Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

use+the+language+(of)

  • 81 catalán

    adj.
    Catalan, Catalonian, pertaining to Catalonia its people or their language.
    m.
    Catalan, Catalonian, native or inhabitant of Catalonia.
    * * *
    1 Catalan, Catalonian
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 (persona) Catalan
    1 (idioma) Catalan
    ————————
    1 (idioma) Catalan
    * * *
    catalán, -ana
    1.
    ADJ SM / F Catalan, Catalonian
    2.
    SM (Ling) Catalan
    CATALÁN Catalan is a romance language whose earliest literature dates back to the 12th century. In the Middle Ages Catalan military expansion spread the use of the language beyond modern Catalonia, but following the unification of Castile and Aragon the language lost ground to Castilian. During the Franco régime the use of Catalan and other minority national languages was prohibited in the media and in public institutions. This, together with the influx of Castilian-speaking immigrants, posed a threat to the survival of the language. Since 1979, when Catalonia's autonomous government, the Generalitat, was re-established and Catalan gained lengua cooficial status, the language has returned to public life in Catalonia and is flourishing. Indeed, many Catalan authors publish first in Catalan and only later in Castilian. Outside Catalonia, Catalan is also spoken by large numbers of people in the Balearic Islands and Andorra. Valenciano, a language spoken in the Valencia region, is closely related.
    See:
    ver nota culturelle LENGUAS COOFICIALES in lengua
    * * *
    I
    - lana adjetivo/masculino, femenino Catalan
    II
    masculino ( idioma) Catalan
    •• Cultural note:
    The language of Catalonia. Like Castilian, Catalan is a Romance language. Variants of it include mallorquín of the Balearic Islands and valenciano spoken in the autonomous region of Valencia. Banned under Franco, Catalan has enjoyed a revival since Spain's return to democracy and now has around 11 million speakers. It is the medium of instruction in schools and universities and its use is widespread in business, the arts, and the media. Many books are published in Catalan. See also lenguas cooficiales
    * * *
    = Catalan, Catalonian.
    Ex. This article examines the training initiatives of institutions such as the Andalusian Libraries Association and the Catalan Society for Documentation and Information.
    Ex. One of the main arguments of Catalonians is that they are a different nation because they have a 'different' language and culture.
    * * *
    I
    - lana adjetivo/masculino, femenino Catalan
    II
    masculino ( idioma) Catalan
    •• Cultural note:
    The language of Catalonia. Like Castilian, Catalan is a Romance language. Variants of it include mallorquín of the Balearic Islands and valenciano spoken in the autonomous region of Valencia. Banned under Franco, Catalan has enjoyed a revival since Spain's return to democracy and now has around 11 million speakers. It is the medium of instruction in schools and universities and its use is widespread in business, the arts, and the media. Many books are published in Catalan. See also lenguas cooficiales
    * * *
    = Catalan, Catalonian.

    Ex: This article examines the training initiatives of institutions such as the Andalusian Libraries Association and the Catalan Society for Documentation and Information.

    Ex: One of the main arguments of Catalonians is that they are a different nation because they have a 'different' language and culture.

    * * *
    Catalan, Catalonian ( dated)
    catalán2 - lana catalán (↑ catalán a1)
    masculine, feminine
    1 (persona) Catalan
    2
    The language of Catalonia. Like Castilian, Catalan is a Romance language. Variants of it include mallorquín (↑ Mallorca a1) of the Balearic Islands and valenciano (↑ valenciano a1) spoken in the autonomous region of Valencia.
    Banned under Franco, Catalan has enjoyed a revival since Spain's return to democracy and now has around 11 million speakers. It is the medium of instruction in schools and universities and its use is widespread in business, the arts, and the media. Many books are published in Catalan. See also lenguas cooficiales (↑ lengua a1).
    * * *

    catalán 1
    ◊ - lana adjetivo/ sustantivo masculino, femenino

    Catalan
    catalán 2 sustantivo masculino ( idioma) Catalan
    catalán,-ana
    I adjetivo & sustantivo masculino y femenino Catalonian
    II sustantivo masculino (idioma) Catalan

    ' catalán' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    catalana
    - Generalitat
    - parecerse
    - sardana
    English:
    Catalan
    * * *
    catalán, -ana
    ♦ adj
    Catalan, Catalonian
    ♦ nm,f
    [persona] Catalan
    ♦ nm
    [lengua] Catalan
    CATALÁN
    Catalan is one of several official languages in Spain other than Castilian Spanish. Like Spanish (“castellano”) and Galician (“gallego”), it developed from late Latin. It is spoken in Catalonia in northeastern Spain, and closely related languages are also spoken in the Balearic Islands (“mallorquín”) and the Valencian region (“valenciano”). Catalonia's economic development in the latter part of the 19th century encouraged a renaissance in the use of the language as a literary medium. During Franco's dictatorship (1939-75), Catalan was effectively banned for official purposes, but it continued to be used in everyday life as well as in literature. Since the return of democracy, Catalonia's regional government has promoted Catalan as the official language for use in education.
    * * *
    I adj Catalan
    II m, catalana f Catalan
    III m idioma Catalan
    * * *
    catalán, - lana adj & n, mpl - lanes : Catalan
    : Catalan (language)
    * * *
    catalán adj n Catalan

    Spanish-English dictionary > catalán

  • 82 manejo

    m.
    1 operation.
    de fácil manejo user-friendly
    2 handling.
    3 management, running.
    4 intrigue (intriga).
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: manejar.
    * * *
    1 (uso) handling, use
    3 (de un negocio) management
    4 (ardid) trick, scheme
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=uso) [de herramienta, arma] use; [de máquina] operation; [de idioma] use
    2) (Com) [de negocio, empresa] running; [de dinero, fondos] handling
    3)

    tener buen manejo de — [+ idioma, tema] to have a good command of

    4) pl manejos (=intrigas) dealings
    5) LAm (Aut) driving
    * * *
    1) ( uso)
    2) (de un asunto, negocio) management

    el mal manejo de los fondos públicos — the mismanagement o mishandling of public funds

    3) (AmL) (Auto) driving
    4) manejos masculino plural ( intrigas) scheming, schemes (pl)
    * * *
    Ex. The document can now be returned to the proper department for further handling.
    ----
    * con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].
    * conocimientos en el manejo de la información = info-savvy.
    * habilidad en el manejo de diferentes soportes = media competency.
    * instrucción de manejo = operating instruction.
    * * *
    1) ( uso)
    2) (de un asunto, negocio) management

    el mal manejo de los fondos públicos — the mismanagement o mishandling of public funds

    3) (AmL) (Auto) driving
    4) manejos masculino plural ( intrigas) scheming, schemes (pl)
    * * *

    Ex: The document can now be returned to the proper department for further handling.

    * con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].
    * conocimientos en el manejo de la información = info-savvy.
    * habilidad en el manejo de diferentes soportes = media competency.
    * instrucción de manejo = operating instruction.

    * * *
    A
    (uso): el manejo de la máquina es muy sencillo the machine is easy to use o operate
    esto facilita el manejo del diccionario this makes using the dictionary easier
    su excelente manejo de la cámara his excellent camerawork
    su manejo de la lengua his use of the language, the way he uses the language
    B (de un asunto, negocio) management
    el mal manejo de los fondos públicos the mismanagement o mishandling of public funds
    C ( AmL) ( Auto) driving
    D manejos mpl (intrigas) scheming, schemes (pl)
    * * *

     

    Del verbo manejar: ( conjugate manejar)

    manejo es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    manejó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    manejar    
    manejo
    manejar ( conjugate manejar) verbo transitivo
    1 ( usar) ‹herramienta/arma/diccionario› to use;
    ‹ máquina› to use, operate
    2 (dirigir, llevar) ‹negocio/empresa› to manage;
    ‹ asuntos› to manage, handle
    3 ( manipular) to manipulate
    4 (AmL) ‹ auto› to drive
    verbo intransitivo (AmL) to drive
    manejarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( desenvolverse) to get by, manage
    2 (Col) ( comportarse) to behave
    manejo sustantivo masculino
    1 ( uso):
    ◊ el manejo de la máquina es muy sencillo the machine is easy to use o operate;

    su manejo de la lengua his use of the language
    2 (de asunto, negocio) management
    3 (AmL) (Auto) driving
    manejar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (manipular) to handle, operate: no sé manejar la grúa, I can't operate the crane
    2 (dirigir, controlar) to handle: sabrá manejar la situación, she'll be able to handle the situation
    (a alguien) Irma maneja a las personas, Irma manipulates people
    si la manejas bien, es un encanto, if you know how to handle her, she's charming
    3 (administrar) to manage: maneja mucho dinero, he handles lots of money
    4 LAm (automóvil) to drive
    II vi LAm to drive
    manejo sustantivo masculino
    1 (utilización) handling, use: su manejo es muy sencillo, it is very easy to operate
    2 (más en pl) (chanchullos) tricks pl: no sé qué manejos se trae, I don't know what he's up to
    3 LAm (conducción) driving
    ' manejo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    simple
    English:
    easy
    - operation
    - puppetry
    - ease
    - handling
    - management
    * * *
    manejo nm
    1. [de máquina, mandos] operation;
    [de armas, herramientas] use; [de caballo, bicicleta] handling;
    me están explicando el manejo del módem they are telling me how to use the modem;
    de fácil manejo user-friendly;
    instrucciones de manejo instructions for use
    2. [de datos] handling;
    [de conocimientos] marshalling; [de idiomas] command;
    sus poemas destacan por el excelente manejo de las metáforas her poems are remarkable for their superb use of metaphor
    3. [de negocio] management, running
    4. [intriga] intrigue
    5. Am [de automóvil] driving
    * * *
    m
    1 de situación handling
    2 de una máquina operation;
    de fácil manejo easy to use
    3 de un negocio management, running
    4
    :
    manejos pl scheming sg, machinations
    * * *
    manejo nm
    1) : handling, operation
    2) : management

    Spanish-English dictionary > manejo

  • 83 gallego

    adj.
    Galician.
    m.
    Galician, native of Galicia.
    * * *
    1 Galician
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 (persona) Galician
    1 (idioma) Galician
    ————————
    1 (idioma) Galician
    * * *
    gallego, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (=de Galicia) Galician
    2) LAm pey Spanish
    2. SM / F
    1) (=de Galicia) Galician
    2) LAm pey Spaniard
    3. SM
    1) (Ling) Galician
    2) (=viento) north-west wind
    GALLEGO Gallego, a romance language dating back to the 12th century and closely related to Portuguese, is spoken by most of the inhabitants of Galicia. During the Franco régime, the use of Galician and other minority national languages was prohibited in the media and in public institutions. It has enjoyed lengua cooficial status alongside castellano since 1981. There are several dialects of the language and formal attempts to standardize them in the 1970s were unsuccessful. However, a standard form is now beginning to emerge naturally in the larger urban areas.
    See:
    ver nota culturelle LENGUAS COOFICIALES in lengua
    * * *
    I
    - ga adjetivo
    a) ( de Galicia) Galician
    b) (AmL fam) ( español) Spanish
    II
    - ga masculino, femenino
    a) ( de Galicia) Galician
    b) (AmL fam) ( español) Spaniard
    c) gallego masculino (Ling) Galician
    •• Cultural note:
    The language of Galicia, spoken by around 3 million people. It is an official requirement for many official and academic positions, and a compulsory school subject. Galician, a Romance language close to Portuguese, was banned under Franco but with the return to democracy, it became an official language in Galicia beside Castilian. Nowadays there is Galician radio and television, and a considerable amount of publishing in the language. Galician has less social prestige than Catalan and Basque in their homelands. The middle classes have largely opted to use Castilian. See also lenguas cooficiales
    * * *
    I
    - ga adjetivo
    a) ( de Galicia) Galician
    b) (AmL fam) ( español) Spanish
    II
    - ga masculino, femenino
    a) ( de Galicia) Galician
    b) (AmL fam) ( español) Spaniard
    c) gallego masculino (Ling) Galician
    •• Cultural note:
    The language of Galicia, spoken by around 3 million people. It is an official requirement for many official and academic positions, and a compulsory school subject. Galician, a Romance language close to Portuguese, was banned under Franco but with the return to democracy, it became an official language in Galicia beside Castilian. Nowadays there is Galician radio and television, and a considerable amount of publishing in the language. Galician has less social prestige than Catalan and Basque in their homelands. The middle classes have largely opted to use Castilian. See also lenguas cooficiales
    * * *
    gallego1 -ga
    1 (de Galicia) Galician
    2 ( AmL fam) (español) Spanish
    gallego2 -ga gallego (↑ gallego a1)
    masculine, feminine
    A
    1 (de Galicia) Galician
    2 ( AmL fam) (español) Spaniard
    B
    gallego masculine ( Ling) Galician
    The language of Galicia, spoken by around 3 million people. It is an official requirement for many official and academic positions, and a compulsory school subject.
    Galician, a Romance language close to Portuguese, was banned under Franco but with the return to democracy, it became an official language in Galicia beside Castilian. Nowadays there is Galician radio and television, and a considerable amount of publishing.
    Galician has less social prestige than Catalan and Basque in their homelands. The middle classes have largely opted to use Castilian. See also lenguas cooficiales (↑ lengua a1).
    * * *

    gallego 1
    ◊ -ga adjetivo


    b) (AmL fam) ( español) Spanish

    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino

    b) (AmL fam) ( español) Spaniard

    gallego 2 sustantivo masculino ( idioma) Galician
    gallego,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 Galician
    2 LAm pey Spanish
    II sustantivo masculino y femenino
    1 Galician, native of Galicia
    2 LAm pey Spaniard
    III m (idioma) Galician
    ' gallego' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    cepa
    - gallega
    English:
    Galician
    * * *
    gallego, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [de Galicia] Galician
    2. CSur, Cuba Fam = sometimes pejorative term used to refer to a Spanish person
    ♦ nm,f
    1. [de Galicia] Galician
    2. CSur, Cuba Fam = sometimes pejorative term used to refer to a Spaniard, especially an immigrant
    ♦ nm
    [lengua] Galician
    GALLEGO
    Gallego (“Galician”) is one of the four official languages spoken in Spain. It is spoken in the northwestern region of Galicia. Like Spanish and Catalan, it stems from late Latin, and it has many similarities to Portuguese in grammar, vocabulary and pronunciation. For decades Galician was either banned or officially unrecognized, and as a consequence it was mainly spoken in traditional or rural areas. However, in recent times it has re-emerged with the support of the Galician nationalist movement and is being promoted as the official language for use in schools and education. Although many Galician-born authors have written mainly or exclusively in Spanish, one of Spain's greatest nineteenth century poets, Rosalía de Castro, wrote much of her poetry in Gallego. Today Galician is used by an increasing number of well-known authors, one of the best-known of whom is the poet and short story writer Manuel Rivas.
    * * *
    I adj
    1 Galician
    Spanish
    II m, gallega f
    1 Galician
    Spaniard
    III m idioma Galician
    * * *
    gallego, -ga adj
    1) : Galician
    2) fam : Spanish
    gallego, -ga n
    1) : Galician
    2) fam : Spaniard
    * * *
    gallego adj n Galician

    Spanish-English dictionary > gallego

  • 84 habla

    f.
    1 language (idioma).
    de habla española Spanish-speaking
    los países de habla inglesa English-speaking countries
    el habla popular the everyday speech
    2 speech.
    no saben si recuperará el habla they don't know if she will ever speak again
    quedarse sin habla to be left speechless
    3 parole (linguistics).
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: hablar.
    * * *
    (Takes el in singular)
    1 (facultad) speech
    2 (idioma) language; (dialecto) dialect
    \
    ¡al habla! (al teléfono) speaking!
    de habla española / de habla hispana Spanish-speaking
    estar al habla con alguien to be in touch with somebody
    perder el habla to lose one's power of speech
    ponerse al habla con alguien to get in touch with somebody
    quedarse sin habla to be left speechless
    habla regional regional dialect
    * * *
    noun f.
    2) language, dialect
    •
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=facultad) speech
    2) (Ling) (=idioma) language; (=dialecto) dialect, speech
    3) (=acción)

    ¡Benjamín al habla! — (Telec) Benjamín speaking!

    estar al habla — (Telec) to be on the line, be speaking; (Náut) to be within hailing distance

    * * *
    femenino‡
    1) ( facultad) speech

    perder/recobrar el habla — to lose/recover one's powers of speech

    2)
    a) ( idioma)
    3)

    ¿el Sr. Ros? - al habla — Mr. Ros? - speaking

    estar/ponerse al habla con alguien — to be/get in contact with somebody

    * * *
    = speech, parlance.
    Ex. The labels on the left have been chosen to come as close as possible to everyday speech.
    Ex. For example, in psychology, S for subject, and E for experimenter are common parlance.
    ----
    * América de habla hispana = Spanish America.
    * canadiense de habla francesa = French Canadian.
    * canadiense de habla inglesa = English-Canadian.
    * defecto del habla = speech impediment.
    * de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.
    * de habla alemana = German-speaking.
    * de habla francesa = French-speaking.
    * de habla inglesa = English-speaking.
    * de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.
    * habla artificial = synthesised speech.
    * habla con ritmo y rima = rap-talk.
    * habla sintética = synthetic speech.
    * impedimento del habla = speech impediment.
    * mundo de habla inglesa, el = English-speaking world, the.
    * quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * reconocedor del habla = speech recognizer.
    * reconocimiento del habla = speech recognition, voice recognition.
    * sintetizador del habla = speech synthesiser.
    * trastorno del habla = speech disorder.
    * * *
    femenino‡
    1) ( facultad) speech

    perder/recobrar el habla — to lose/recover one's powers of speech

    2)
    a) ( idioma)
    3)

    ¿el Sr. Ros? - al habla — Mr. Ros? - speaking

    estar/ponerse al habla con alguien — to be/get in contact with somebody

    * * *
    = speech, parlance.

    Ex: The labels on the left have been chosen to come as close as possible to everyday speech.

    Ex: For example, in psychology, S for subject, and E for experimenter are common parlance.
    * América de habla hispana = Spanish America.
    * canadiense de habla francesa = French Canadian.
    * canadiense de habla inglesa = English-Canadian.
    * defecto del habla = speech impediment.
    * de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.
    * de habla alemana = German-speaking.
    * de habla francesa = French-speaking.
    * de habla inglesa = English-speaking.
    * de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.
    * habla artificial = synthesised speech.
    * habla con ritmo y rima = rap-talk.
    * habla sintética = synthetic speech.
    * impedimento del habla = speech impediment.
    * mundo de habla inglesa, el = English-speaking world, the.
    * quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * reconocedor del habla = speech recognizer.
    * reconocimiento del habla = speech recognition, voice recognition.
    * sintetizador del habla = speech synthesiser.
    * trastorno del habla = speech disorder.

    * * *
    f‡
    A (facultad) speech
    perder/recobrar el habla to lose/recover one's powers of speech
    al verla entrar se quedó sin habla when he saw her come in, he was speechless o dumbfounded
    se me/le entró el habla ( Chi fam); I/he was struck dumb ( colloq)
    B
    1
    (idioma): los países de habla hispana Spanish-speaking countries
    2
    (manera de hablar): el habla de esta región the local way of speaking, the way they speak in this area
    giros propios del habla infantil expressions that children use
    en el habla de los médicos in medical jargon o language
    la lengua y el habla langue and parole
    C
    al habla ( Telec) speaking; (en contacto, comunicación) in contact
    ¿el Sr. Cuevas? — al habla Mr. Cuevas? — speaking
    estamos al habla con nuestro corresponsal en Beirut we have our correspondent in Beirut on the line
    ponerse al habla con algn to get in contact with sb
    * * *

    Del verbo hablar: ( conjugate hablar)

    habla es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    habla    
    hablar
    habla feminine noun taking masculine article in the singular
    1 ( facultad) speech;

    al verla me quedé sin habla when I saw her I was speechless
    2
    a) ( idioma):




    3

    estamos al habla con nuestro corresponsal we have our correspondent on the line
    hablar ( conjugate hablar) verbo intransitivo
    1


    habla más bajo keep your voice down



    ( francamente) to speak frankly;

    un político que habla muy bien a politician who is a very good speaker;
    habla por habla to talk for the sake of it
    2


    tenemos que habla we must (have a) talk;
    habla con algn to speak o talk to sb;
    tengo que hablate or que habla contigo I need to speak to you o have a word with you;
    está hablando por teléfono he's on the phone;
    ¡ni habla! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq)


    ◊ dar que habla to start people talking

    d) ( rumorear):


    se habla de que va a renunciar it is said o rumored that she's going to resign

    ◊ ¿con quién hablo? who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

    3
    a) (tratar, referirse a) habla de algo/algn to talk about sth/sb;

    ◊ habla de negocios to talk (about) o discuss business;

    siempre habla mal de ella he never has a good word to say about her;
    hablan muy bien de él people speak very highly of him;
    me ha hablado mucho de ti she's told me a lot about you;
    en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión going by train is expensive, and as for flying …;
    háblame de tus planes tell me about your plans;
    habla sobre or acerca de algo to talk about sth


    háblale de tú use the `tú' form with him
    c) ( anunciar propósito) habla de hacer algo to talk of doing sth;


    4 (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
    verbo transitivo
    1 ‹ idioma› to speak
    2 ( tratar):

    ya lo hablaemos más adelante we'll talk about o discuss that later
    hablarse verbo pronominal:

    no se habla con ella he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her
    habla sustantivo femenino
    1 (lengua, idioma) language
    los países de habla hispana, Spanish-speaking countries
    2 (capacidad para hablar) speech: tardó unos minutos en recobrar el habla, it was a few minutes before she could speak again
    3 (modo de hablar) se le nota en el habla que es extranjero, you can tell he's a foreigner by the way he speaks
    ♦ Locuciones: al habla, on the line
    hablar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to speak, talk: estaba hablando con Jorge, I was speaking to Jorge
    habla muy mal de su marido, she speaks badly of her husband
    2 (charlar) to talk, chat: le encanta hablar por teléfono, he loves chatting on the phone
    3 (tratar, versar) to talk about: este artículo habla de los extraterrestres, this article deals with aliens
    4 (referirse) no hablaba de ella, I wasn't talking about her
    habla de él como si de un dios se tratara, you would have thought she was talking about a god from the way she spoke about him
    II verbo transitivo
    1 (una lengua) to speak: habla francés, he speaks French
    2 (discutir, tratar) to talk over, discuss: háblalo con tu madre, talk it over with your mother
    no tengo nada que hablar contigo, I've nothing to say to you
    3 (decir) habla maravillas de su nuevo coche, he's raving on about his new car
    ♦ Locuciones: hablar en broma, to be joking
    familiar ¡mira tú quién fue a hablar!, look who's talking!
    ni hablar, certainly not

    ' habla' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    achantarse
    - actualidad
    - apenas
    - baja
    - bajo
    - como
    - conmigo
    - demasiada
    - demasiado
    - desde
    - E
    - esponjarse
    - exaltación
    - fuerte
    - hablar
    - hablarse
    - irse
    - lenta
    - lento
    - maravillar
    - modo
    - muda
    - mudo
    - musiquilla
    - nunca
    - perfección
    - poner
    - ropa
    - sacamuelas
    - sentar
    - spanglish
    - además
    - alto
    - baño
    - bien
    - corrección
    - dicharachero
    - fluidez
    - hispánico
    - hispano
    - libertad
    - palabra
    - poco
    - reposado
    - sencillez
    - soltura
    - también
    - y
    English:
    body
    - do
    - exaggerate
    - impediment
    - loud
    - mutter
    - plain
    - puff up
    - so
    - speak
    - speak for
    - speaker
    - speech
    - speech defect
    - speechless
    - split
    - breath
    - defect
    - dumb
    - good
    - highly
    - perfect
    - power
    - quiet
    - -speaking
    - this
    - vernacular
    * * *
    1. [idioma] language;
    [dialecto] dialect;
    el habla popular everyday speech;
    el habla de los abogados legal parlance, the language used by lawyers;
    de habla española Spanish-speaking;
    los países de habla inglesa English-speaking countries
    2. [facultad] speech;
    no saben si recuperará el habla they don't know if she will ever speak again;
    quedarse sin habla to be left speechless
    3. Ling parole
    4. [al teléfono]
    estar al habla con alguien to be on the line to sb;
    ¿el Sr. Pastor? – al habla Mr Pastor? – speaking!
    * * *
    f
    1 speech;
    quedarse sin habla fig be speechless
    2 ( idioma)
    :
    de habla española Spanish-speaking
    3
    :
    ponerse al habla con alguien contact s.o., get in touch with s.o. ¡al habla! TELEC speaking
    * * *
    habla nf
    1) : speech
    2) : language, dialect
    3)
    de habla : speaking
    de habla inglesa: English-speaking
    * * *
    1. (facultad) speech
    2. (modo de hablar) way of speaking

    Spanish-English dictionary > habla

  • 85 sign

    1. noun
    1) (a mark used to mean something; a symbol: is the sign for addition.) señal
    2) (a notice set up to give information (a shopkeeper's name, the direction of a town etc) to the public: road-sign.) señal, panel, letrero
    3) (a movement (eg a nod, wave of the hand) used to mean or represent something: He made a sign to me to keep still.) gesto, seña
    4) (a piece of evidence suggesting that something is present or about to come: There were no signs of life at the house and he was afraid they were away; Clouds are often a sign of rain.) signo

    2. verb
    1) (to write one's name (on): Sign at the bottom, please.) firmar
    2) (to write (one's name) on a letter, document etc: He signed his name on the document.) firmar
    3) (to make a movement of the head, hand etc in order to show one's meaning: She signed to me to say nothing.) hacer señas
    •
    - signpost
    - sign in/out
    - sign up
    sign1 n
    1. señal / seña
    2. letrero / señal
    the sign said "Beware of the dog" en el letrero ponía "Cuidado con el perro"
    3. signo
    4. señal / indicio
    sign2 vb
    1. firmar
    sign here, please firma aquí, por favor
    2. fichar
    tr[saɪn]
    1 (symbol) signo, símbolo
    2 (gesture) gesto, seña; (signal) señal nombre femenino
    3 (indication) señal nombre femenino, indicio, muestra; (proof) prueba; (trace) rastro
    ■ there was no sign of them anywhere no se los veía por ninguna parte, no había ni rastro de ellos
    ■ all the signs are that... todo parece indicar que...
    4 (board) letrero; (notice) anuncio, aviso; (over shop) letrero, rótulo
    1 (letter, document, cheque, etc) firmar
    ■ sign your name here, please firme aquí, por favor
    2 (player, group) fichar (on/up, -)
    3 (gesture) hacer una seña/señal
    1 (write name) firmar
    2 (player, group) fichar (for/with, por)
    3 SMALLAMERICAN ENGLISH/SMALL (use sign language) comunicarse por señas, hablar por señas
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    as a sign of como muestra de
    a sign of the times un signo de los tiempos que corren
    to make the sign of the cross hacer la señal de la cruz
    to sign one's own death warrant firmar su propia sentencia de muerte
    sign language lenguaje nombre masculino por señas
    sign of the zodiac signo del zodíaco
    sign ['saɪn] vt
    1) : firmar
    to sign a check: firmar un cheque
    2) or to sign on hire: contratar (a un empleado), fichar (a un jugador)
    sign vi
    1) : hacer una seña
    she signed for him to stop: le hizo una seña para que se parara
    2) : comunicarse por señas
    sign n
    1) symbol: símbolo m, signo m
    minus sign: signo de menos
    2) gesture: seña f, señal f, gesto m
    3) : letrero m, cartel m
    neon sign: letrero de neón
    4) trace: señal f, indicio m
    n.
    • amago s.m.
    • aparato s.m.
    • asomo s.m.
    • huella s.f.
    • indicación s.f.
    • indicio s.m.
    • letrero s.m.
    • marca s.f.
    • muestra s.f.
    • rótulo s.m.
    • seña s.f.
    • señal s.f.
    • signo (Matemática) s.m.
    • vestigio s.m.
    v.
    • escriturar v.
    • firmar v.
    • subscribir v.
    • suscribir v.
    saɪn
    I
    1)
    a) c u ( indication) señal f, indicio m

    all the signs are that... — todo parece indicar que...

    b) c ( omen) presagio m
    2) c ( gesture) seña f, señal f

    to make a sign to somebody — hacerle* una seña or una señal a alguien

    to make the sign of the cross — hacerse* la señal de la cruz, santiguarse*

    3) c
    a) (notice, board) letrero m, cartel m; ( in demonstration) pancarta f
    b) ( road sign) señal f (vial)
    4) c
    a) ( symbol) símbolo m; ( Math) signo m

    plus/minus sign — signo (de) más/menos

    b) ( Astrol) signo m

    II
    1.
    a) ( write signature on) firmar
    b) ( hire) \<\<actor\>\> contratar; \<\<player\>\> fichar, contratar

    2.
    vi
    1)
    a) ( write name) firmar
    b) ( Busn)
    2)
    a) ( gesture)

    to sign TO somebody to + INF: she signed to me to sit down — me hizo una seña or una señal para que me sentara

    b) ( use sign language) comunicarse* por señas

    3.
    v refl

    he signed himself (as) J. Bell — se firmaba J. Bell, firmaba con el nombre de J. Bell

    Phrasal Verbs:
    [saɪn]
    1. N
    1) (=indication) señal f, indicio m ; (Med) síntoma m

    it's a sign of rain — es señal or indicio de lluvia

    at the first sign of a cold, take vitamin C — al primer indicio de un resfriado, tome vitamina C

    it's a good/bad sign — es buena/mala señal

    to show signs of sth/doing sth — dar muestras or señales de algo/de hacer algo

    2) (=gesture) seña f

    to communicate by signs — hablar or comunicarse por señas

    to make the sign of the Cross — hacerse la señal de la cruz, santiguarse

    3) (=notice) letrero m ; (=road sign) señal f (de tráfico); (=direction indicator) indicador m ; (=shop sign) letrero m, rótulo m ; (US) (carried in demonstration) pancarta f

    exit sign — letrero m de salida

    4) (=written symbol) símbolo m ; (Math, Mus, Astrol) signo m

    what sign are you? — ¿de qué signo eres?

    plus/minus sign — signo de más/menos

    2. VT
    1) [+ contract, agreement, treaty] firmar

    she signs herself B. Smith — firma con el nombre B. Smith

    signed and sealed — firmado y lacrado, firmado y sellado

    2) (=recruit) [+ player] fichar, contratar; [+ actor, band] contratar
    3) (=use sign language)

    the programme is signed for the hearing-impaired — el programa incluye traducción simultánea al lenguaje de signos para aquellos con discapacidades auditivas

    3. VI

    sign here please — firme aquí, por favor

    dotted line
    2) (=be recruited) (Sport) firmar un contrato

    he has signed for or with Arsenal — ha firmado un contrato con el Arsenal, ha fichado por el Arsenal (Sp)

    3) (=signal) hacer señas
    4) (=use sign language) hablar con señas
    4.
    CPD

    sign language N — lenguaje m por señas

    sign painter, sign writer N — rotulista mf

    * * *
    [saɪn]
    I
    1)
    a) c u ( indication) señal f, indicio m

    all the signs are that... — todo parece indicar que...

    b) c ( omen) presagio m
    2) c ( gesture) seña f, señal f

    to make a sign to somebody — hacerle* una seña or una señal a alguien

    to make the sign of the cross — hacerse* la señal de la cruz, santiguarse*

    3) c
    a) (notice, board) letrero m, cartel m; ( in demonstration) pancarta f
    b) ( road sign) señal f (vial)
    4) c
    a) ( symbol) símbolo m; ( Math) signo m

    plus/minus sign — signo (de) más/menos

    b) ( Astrol) signo m

    II
    1.
    a) ( write signature on) firmar
    b) ( hire) \<\<actor\>\> contratar; \<\<player\>\> fichar, contratar

    2.
    vi
    1)
    a) ( write name) firmar
    b) ( Busn)
    2)
    a) ( gesture)

    to sign TO somebody to + INF: she signed to me to sit down — me hizo una seña or una señal para que me sentara

    b) ( use sign language) comunicarse* por señas

    3.
    v refl

    he signed himself (as) J. Bell — se firmaba J. Bell, firmaba con el nombre de J. Bell

    Phrasal Verbs:

    English-spanish dictionary > sign

  • 86 instrucción

    f.
    1 instruction, learning, education, teaching.
    2 order, rule, instruction, command.
    3 instruction, computer command, command.
    * * *
    1 (enseñanza) instruction; (cultura) education
    2 MILITAR military training
    3 DERECHO (de un expediente) preliminary investigation
    ■ ¿quién llevó a cabo la instrucción del sumario? who carried out the preliminary investigation into the case?
    4 (orden) instruction
    1 (indicaciones) instructions
    \
    instrucción militar military training
    juez,-za de instrucción examining magistrate
    manual de instrucciones instruction manual
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (Educ) education
    2) (Mil) (=período) training; (=ejercicio) drill
    3) (Dep) coaching, training
    4) (Jur) (tb: instrucción del sumario) preliminary investigation
    juez 1), juzgado
    5) (Inform) statement
    6) pl instrucciones (=indicaciones) instructions

    recibir instrucciones — to receive instructions o orders; (Mil) to be briefed

    instrucciones de uso, instrucciones para el uso — directions for use

    * * *
    1) ( educación) education
    2) (Der) ( de una causa) hearing
    3) instrucciones femenino plural
    a) (de aparato, juego) instructions (pl); ( para llegar a un lugar) directions (pl)
    b) ( órdenes) instructions
    * * *
    = command, direction, instruction, tuition, schooling, drill.
    Ex. The first half of the command looks for words hit by 'FIB?' immediately followed by a word hit by 'OPTIC?'.
    Ex. Explanatory references may be either 'see' or 'see also' references, which give a little more explanation than merely the direction to look elsewhere.
    Ex. A command language is the language with which the search proceeds; the commands are instructions that the searcher can issue to the computer.
    Ex. This article stresses that teaching methods are also to be updated to include, for example, individual tuition and role playing.
    Ex. Some people with little schooling do use the library, and for valuable purposes but they are more of an exception than the rule.
    Ex. An example of the type of drill which might be applied to the study of bibliographies is given below.
    ----
    * campamento de instrucción = training camp.
    * instrucción al jurado = charge to jury.
    * instrucción de "añádase a" = add to instruction, add to instruction.
    * instrucción de 'divídase al igual que' = divide like instruction.
    * instrucción de manejo = operating instruction.
    * instrucciones = brief.
    * instrucciones del fabricante = firmware.
    * instrucciones de uso = use instruction.
    * instrucciones para los autores = style sheet.
    * instrucción general = blanket instruction.
    * instrucción mediante ejercicios = drilling.
    * instrucción sobre los derechos de los ciudadanos = community education.
    * juez de instrucción = coroner.
    * Lenguaje Común de Instrucción de EURONET = EURONET Common Command Language.
    * Norma Internacional para los Lenguajes de Instrucción = International Standard for Command Languages.
    * sargento de instrucción = drill sergeant.
    * * *
    1) ( educación) education
    2) (Der) ( de una causa) hearing
    3) instrucciones femenino plural
    a) (de aparato, juego) instructions (pl); ( para llegar a un lugar) directions (pl)
    b) ( órdenes) instructions
    * * *
    = command, direction, instruction, tuition, schooling, drill.

    Ex: The first half of the command looks for words hit by 'FIB?' immediately followed by a word hit by 'OPTIC?'.

    Ex: Explanatory references may be either 'see' or 'see also' references, which give a little more explanation than merely the direction to look elsewhere.
    Ex: A command language is the language with which the search proceeds; the commands are instructions that the searcher can issue to the computer.
    Ex: This article stresses that teaching methods are also to be updated to include, for example, individual tuition and role playing.
    Ex: Some people with little schooling do use the library, and for valuable purposes but they are more of an exception than the rule.
    Ex: An example of the type of drill which might be applied to the study of bibliographies is given below.
    * campamento de instrucción = training camp.
    * instrucción al jurado = charge to jury.
    * instrucción de "añádase a" = add to instruction, add to instruction.
    * instrucción de 'divídase al igual que' = divide like instruction.
    * instrucción de manejo = operating instruction.
    * instrucciones = brief.
    * instrucciones del fabricante = firmware.
    * instrucciones de uso = use instruction.
    * instrucciones para los autores = style sheet.
    * instrucción general = blanket instruction.
    * instrucción mediante ejercicios = drilling.
    * instrucción sobre los derechos de los ciudadanos = community education.
    * juez de instrucción = coroner.
    * Lenguaje Común de Instrucción de EURONET = EURONET Common Command Language.
    * Norma Internacional para los Lenguajes de Instrucción = International Standard for Command Languages.
    * sargento de instrucción = drill sergeant.

    * * *
    A (educación) education
    una mujer sin instrucción an uneducated woman
    se ha hecho cargo de la instrucción de los niños she has taken responsibility for the children's education o for educating the children
    han recibido instrucción sobre estos métodos they have been trained in these methods
    Compuesto:
    military training
    B ( Der) (de una causa) trying, hearing
    la instrucción de un sumario the preliminary investigation into a case
    1 (de un aparato, un juego) instructions (pl); (para llegar a un lugar) directions (pl)
    2 (órdenes) instructions
    tengo instrucciones de no dejarlo solo I have instructions o I have been told not to leave him alone
    * * *

    instrucción sustantivo femenino
    1 ( educación) education;
    ( práctica) training;

    2
    ◊ instrucciones sustantivo femenino plural

    a) (de aparato, juego) instructions (pl);

    ( para llegar a un lugar) directions (pl)

    instrucción sustantivo femenino
    1 (educación, conocimientos) education
    2 (de un expediente) preliminary investigation
    la instrucción del sumario, proceedings pl; juez de instrucción, examining magistrate
    3 Mil drill
    4 (usu pl) (indicación) instruction: nos dio instrucciones muy precisas, he gave us very precise instructions
    libro de instrucciones, instruction manual
    ' instrucción' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    formación
    - ilustración
    - indicación
    - juez
    - directriz
    - ignorante
    English:
    command
    - coroner
    - drill
    - instruction
    - training camp
    - tuition
    * * *
    1. [conocimientos] education;
    una persona con gran instrucción a very well-educated person
    2. [docencia] instruction
    3. [militar]
    hacer instrucción to drill, to go through one's drill
    instrucción militar military training
    4.
    instrucciones [órdenes] instructions;
    recibí instrucciones de no abandonar mi puesto I received instructions not to leave my post
    5.
    instrucciones [explicación] instructions;
    sigue las instrucciones follow the instructions;
    instrucciones (de uso) instructions o directions (for use)
    6. Informát instruction
    7. Der [investigación] preliminary investigation;
    [curso del proceso] proceedings
    * * *
    f
    1 education; ( formación) training
    2 MIL drill
    3 INFOR instruction
    4 JUR hearing
    * * *
    1) educación: education
    : instructions, directions
    * * *
    instrucción n education / training

    Spanish-English dictionary > instrucción

  • 87 Ausdruck

    m; -(e)s, Ausdrücke
    1. (Wort) word, term; (Redewendung) expression, phrase; idiomatischer Ausdruck idiomatic expression, idiom; ordinärer Ausdruck vulgar expression, vulgarism; technischer oder fachlicher Ausdruck technical term; veralteter Ausdruck obsolete expression, archaism; Ausdrücke gebrauchen use swearwords, curse; du sollst solche Ausdrücke nicht gebrauchen you shouldn’t use such language ( oder language like that); sie hat sich im Ausdruck vergriffen her choice of words was most unfortunate; ärgerlich? - das ist gar kein Ausdruck annoyed? - that’s putting it mildly!
    2. nur Sg. expression; einem Gefühl etc. Ausdruck geben oder verleihen put into words, give expression to, express; zum Ausdruck bringen express, voice; zum Ausdruck kommen be expressed, find expression, manifest itself (in + Dat in); der Erwartung Ausdruck geben, dass... express the hope that; als Ausdruck meiner Dankbarkeit as a sign ( oder token) of my gratitude; mit dem Ausdruck tiefen Bedauerns / Mitgefühls with deepest regret / sympathy; der Dreck hier ist Ausdruck unserer Einstellung zur Natur this mess is indicative of our attititude toward(s) nature
    3. meist Sg.; (Gesichtsausdruck) expression; ohne jeden Ausdruck in der Stimme: in a deadpan tone; er hat mit viel Ausdruck gesprochen he put a lot of expression into it ( oder his speech etc.)
    4. nur Sg. Ausdrucksweise
    —
    m; -(e)s, -e; EDV printout
    * * *
    der Ausdruck
    (Begriff) term; expression; phrase;
    (Drucker) printout;
    (Miene) expression;
    die Ausdruck
    (Mathematik) expression
    * * *
    Aus|druck I
    m pl - drücke
    1) no pl (= Gesichtsausdruck) expression

    der Áúsdruck ihrer Gesichter — the expression(s) on their faces

    2) no pl

    als Áúsdruck meiner Dankbarkeit — as an expression of my gratitude

    mit dem Áúsdruck des Bedauerns (form) — expressing regret, with an expression of regret

    ohne jeden Áúsdruck singen/spielen — to sing/play without any expression

    Áúsdruck geben or verleihen (form) — to express sth, to give expression to sth

    in seinen Worten/seinem Verhalten kam Mitleid zum Áúsdruck — his words expressed/his behaviour (Brit) or behavior (US) showed his sympathy

    3) (= Wort) expression; (= Fachausdruck, MATH) term

    das ist gar kein Áúsdruck! — that's not the word for it

    sich im Áúsdruck vergreifen — to use the wrong word

    II
    m pl - drucke
    (von Computer etc) printout, hard copy

    Áúsdruck in Datei (Druckoption) — print to file

    * * *
    der
    2) (a look on one's face that shows one's feelings: He always has a bored expression on his face.) expression
    3) (a word or phrase: `Dough' is a slang expression for `money`.) expression
    4) ((a) showing of thoughts or feelings by words, actions etc: This poem is an expression of his grief.) expression
    5) (the showing of feeling when eg reciting, reading aloud or playing a musical instrument: Put more expression into your playing!) expression
    6) (a small group of words (usually without a finite verb) which forms part of an actual or implied sentence: He arrived after dinner.) phrase
    7) (a word or expression: Myopia is a medical term for short-sightedness.) term
    * * *
    Aus·druck1
    m
    1. (Bezeichnung) expression
    es gibt einen bestimmten \Ausdruck dafür there's a certain word for it
    ▪ Ausdrücke bad [or coarse] language no pl, no art, swear words pl
    ein schwäbischer \Ausdruck a Swabian turn of phrase a. hum
    2. kein pl (Gesichtsausdruck) [facial] expression
    3. kein pl (Zeichen)
    ▪ der/ein/als \Ausdruck seiner Dankbarkeit/Liebe gen the/an/as an expression of one's gratitude/love
    mit dem \Ausdruck des Bedauerns (geh) expressing [or with an expression of] regret
    mit dem \Ausdruck der Hochachtung (geh) with the expression of great respect
    etw zum \Ausdruck bringen, einer S. dat \Ausdruck geben [o verleihen] (geh) to express [or give expression to] sth
    seine Dankbarkeit zum \Ausdruck bringen to voice [or express] one's gratitude, to give expression to one's gratitude
    ▪ [in etw dat] zum Ausdruck kommen to find expression [in sth]
    in seinen Worten kam Mitleid zum \Ausdruck his words expressed his sympathy
    4. kein pl (Ausdrucksweise) mode of expression, way of expressing oneself
    gewandt im \Ausdruck sein to have an elegant mode of expression
    sich akk im \Ausdruck vergreifen to use the wrong approach; (kompliziert ausdrücken) to use long words
    5. MATH expression, term
    Aus·druck2
    <- drucke>
    m [computer] print-out, hard copy spec
    einen \Ausdruck [einer S. gen/von etw dat] machen to run off sep a copy [of sth]
    * * *
    I
    der; Ausdruck[e]s, Ausdrücke

    zum Ausdruck kommen — be expressed; find expression

    etwas zum Ausdruck bringen — express something; give expression to something

    einer Sache (Dat.) Ausdruck geben od. verleihen — (geh.) express something

    2) (Wort) expression; (Terminus) term

    dumm/ärgerlich usw. ist gar kein Ausdruck — stupid/angry etc. isn't the word for it

    II
    der; Ausdruck[e]s, Ausdrucke (Nachrichtenw., DV) print out
    * * *
    Ausdruck1 m; -(e)s, Ausdrücke
    1. (Wort) word, term; (Redewendung) expression, phrase;
    idiomatischer Ausdruck idiomatic expression, idiom;
    ordinärer Ausdruck vulgar expression, vulgarism;
    fachlicher Ausdruck technical term;
    veralteter Ausdruck obsolete expression, archaism;
    Ausdrücke gebrauchen use swearwords, curse;
    du sollst solche Ausdrücke nicht gebrauchen you shouldn’t use such language ( oder language like that);
    sie hat sich im Ausdruck vergriffen her choice of words was most unfortunate;
    ärgerlich? - das ist gar kein Ausdruck annoyed? – that’s putting it mildly!
    2. nur sg expression;
    einem Gefühl etc
    verleihen put into words, give expression to, express;
    zum Ausdruck bringen express, voice;
    zum Ausdruck kommen be expressed, find expression, manifest itself (
    in +dat in);
    der Erwartung Ausdruck geben, dass … express the hope that;
    als Ausdruck meiner Dankbarkeit as a sign ( oder token) of my gratitude;
    mit dem Ausdruck tiefen Bedauerns/Mitgefühls with deepest regret/sympathy;
    der Dreck hier ist Ausdruck unserer Einstellung zur Natur this mess is indicative of our attititude toward(s) nature
    3. meist sg; (Gesichtsausdruck) expression;
    ohne jeden Ausdruck in der Stimme: in a deadpan tone;
    er hat mit viel Ausdruck gesprochen he put a lot of expression into it ( oder his speech etc)
    4. nur sg → Ausdrucksweise
    Ausdruck2 m; -(e)s, -e; IT printout
    * * *
    I
    der; Ausdruck[e]s, Ausdrücke

    zum Ausdruck kommen — be expressed; find expression

    etwas zum Ausdruck bringen — express something; give expression to something

    einer Sache (Dat.) Ausdruck geben od. verleihen — (geh.) express something

    2) (Wort) expression; (Terminus) term

    dumm/ärgerlich usw. ist gar kein Ausdruck — stupid/angry etc. isn't the word for it

    II
    der; Ausdruck[e]s, Ausdrucke (Nachrichtenw., DV) print out
    * * *
    -e m.
    hard copy n.
    printout n. -¨e m.
    expression n.
    phrase n.
    term n.
    verbalism n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Ausdruck

  • 88 entender

    m.
    understanding, grasp.
    Su entender era limitado Her understanding was limited.
    v.
    1 to understand.
    ahora entiendo lo que quieres decir now I understand o know what you mean
    no te entiendo, habla más despacio I don't understand you, could you speak more slowly?
    no entiendo cómo puede gustarte Arturo I don't know what you see in Arturo
    no entiendo nada, ¿no deberían haber llegado ya? I just can't understand it, surely they were supposed to have arrived by now
    ¡no hay quien te entienda! you're impossible!
    ¿tú qué entiendes por “amistad”? what do you understand by “friendship”?
    dar a entender que… to imply (that)…
    hasta que no llegue no podemos empezar, ¿entiendes? we can't start until she gets here, all right?
    Ella entiende la lección She understands the lesson.
    Elsa entendió al fin Elsa understood at last.
    2 to think.
    yo no lo entiendo así I don't see it that way
    3 to figure out, to digest, to get clear, to get to know.
    Elsa entendió el motivo Elsa figured out the motive.
    * * *
    (e changes to ie in stressed syllables)
    Present Indicative
    entiendo, entiendes, entiende, entendemos, entendéis, entienden.
    Present Subjunctive
    entienda, entiendas, entienda, entendamos, entendáis, entiendan.
    Imperative
    entiende (tú), entienda (él/Vd.), entendamos (nos.), entended (vos.), entiendan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) think, believe
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=comprender) to understand

    ¡a ti no hay quien te entienda! — you're impossible to understand!

    que no te vuelva a ver fumando ¿me has entendido? — don't let me catch you smoking again, do you understand?

    ¿entiendes lo que te quiero decir? — do you know what I mean?, do you know what I'm trying to say?

    es un poco rarito, tú ya me entiendes — he's a bit odd, if you know what I mean

    • dar algo a entender — to imply sth

    nos dieron a entender que querían marcharse — they gave us to understand o led us to believe that they wanted to leave

    según él me dio a entender, no está contento en su trabajo — from what he said to me, he is not happy in his job, he gave me to understand that he is not happy in his job

    • hacer entender algo a algn — to make sb understand sth

    • hacerse entender — to make o.s. understood

    • entender mal — to misunderstand

    si no he entendido mal, esto es lo que queréis decir — unless I've misunderstood what you're saying, this is what you mean

    • no entendió ni una palabra — he didn't understand a word of it

    no entender ni jota o ni patata * —

    no entendí ni jota o ni una patata de lo que decían — I didn't have a clue what they were on about

    no entiendo ni jota de alemán — * I don't understand a single word of German

    2) (=opinar) to think, believe

    entiendo que sería mejor decírselo — I think o believe it would be better to tell him

    yo entiendo que no es correcto hacerlo así — I don't think o believe that that's the right way to do it

    3) (=interpretar) to understand

    ¿tú qué entiendes por libertad? — what do you understand by freedom?

    ¿debo entender que lo niegas? — am I to understand that you deny it?

    me ha parecido entender que estaban en contra — I understood that they were against it, as I understand it they were against it

    cada uno entiende el amor a su manera — everyone sees love differently, everyone understands something different by love

    4) * (=saber manejar) to know how to use, know how to work

    ¿tú entiendes esta lavadora? — do you know how this washing machine works?, do you know how to use this washing machine?

    5) (=oír) to hear
    2. VI
    1) (=comprender) to understand

    ¡ya entiendo! — now I understand!, now I get it!

    la vida es así ¿entiendes? — that's life, you know

    • entender de algo — to know about sth

    no entender de barcos —

    si le preguntas cualquier cosa, él no entiende de barcos — if you ask him something, he makes out he doesn't know anything about anything

    2) (Jur) (=tener competencia)
    3) [perro, gato]
    4) ** (=ser homosexual) to be one of them *
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <explicación/idioma/actitud> to understand

    ¿entiendes lo que quiero decir? — do you know what I mean?

    b) < persona> to understand

    se hace entender or (AmL) se da a entender — he makes himself understood

    2) (frml)
    a) (concebir, opinar)

    yo entiendo que deberíamos esperar — in my view o as I see it, we should wait

    b) (interpretar, deducir)

    ¿debo entender que te vas? — am I to understand that you're leaving?

    me dio a entender que... — she gave me to understand that...

    2.
    1) ( comprender) to understand

    (ya) entiendo — I understand, I see

    2) ( saber)

    ¿tú entiendes de estas cosas? — do you know anything about these things?

    3) (Der)
    3.
    entenderse v pron
    1)

    a ver si nos entendemos ¿quién te pegó? — let's get this straight, who hit you?

    entenderse con alguien — to get along o on with somebody

    c) ( tratar)

    allá se las entienda — (fam) that's his/her problem

    2) (refl)

    déjame, yo me entiendo — leave me alone, I know what I'm doing

    II

    a mi/tu/su entender — in my/your/his opinion, to my/your/his mind

    * * *
    = come to + grips with, cut through, grasp, have + some grasp, make + sense (out) of, understand, get to + grips with, make + sense of life, sympathise [sympathize, -USA], sympathise [sympathize, -USA], get + a grip on, provide + an understanding, catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift, have + a handle on, fathom, get + Posesivo + head around, wrap + Posesivo + head around, get + a handle on.
    Ex. Right now the management team is beginning to come to grips with our annual budget process, as it does every year.
    Ex. Publishers attempting to cut through this nomenclature morass can check with the library's administration.
    Ex. She must try to convince him that no single individual, no matter how gifted, can any longer grasp the innumerable facets of modern corporate effort.
    Ex. It is necessary to have some grasp of some fundamental aspects of computerized information-retrieval systems.
    Ex. The resultant guiding must be clear, by being both easy to read and easy to make sense of.
    Ex. They assume only that the reader has some knowledge of the subject, so that the abstract can be understood.
    Ex. The Treasure has made good use of a number of methodologies in getting to grips with the principles and applications of information management.
    Ex. This manual is an indispensable companion to all those who are keen to make sense of life in an infinitely complex and confusing Internet.
    Ex. In World War 2 librarians generally sympathised with Britain, but many were isolationist or apathetic during the early years = En la Segunda Guerra Mundial los bibliotecarios generalmente simpatizaban con Gran Bretaña, aunque muchos mantuvieron una actitud no intervencionista o indiferente durante los primeros años.
    Ex. In World War 2 librarians generally sympathised with Britain, but many were isolationist or apathetic during the early years = En la Segunda Guerra Mundial los bibliotecarios generalmente simpatizaban con Gran Bretaña, aunque muchos mantuvieron una actitud no intervencionista o indiferente durante los primeros años.
    Ex. The article ' Getting a grip on change' argues that only by confronting the challenges and inevitability of change can libraries retain their relevancy in the information age.
    Ex. The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.
    Ex. Shariel sighed and rolled her eyes a little, as Akanan clearly didn't catch her drift.
    Ex. 'Nah,' Kate chuckled, getting her drift, and then said 'I would've just barged in there and dared them to throw me out!'.
    Ex. 'I sure wish I had a better handle on this contract language,' he said.
    Ex. As she ascended the staircase to the library director's office, she tried to fathom the reason for the imperious summons.
    Ex. You are not quite sure how one man could get his head around this at the time, but he managed, in a masterful way.
    Ex. Sleuthing is like second-nature to her, and she can't possibly wrap her head around the concept of renouncing it completely.
    Ex. Children get a handle on personal responsibility by holding a library card of their own, a card that gives them access to new worlds.
    ----
    * a mi entender = to my mind.
    * a + Posesivo + entender = to the best of + Posesivo + belief.
    * a + Posesivo + saber y entender = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge and belief.
    * ayudar a entender mejor = lend + understanding to.
    * dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * difícil de entender = cryptic.
    * entender a medias = pick up + the fag-ends.
    * entender mal = misunderstand, misconceive, mishearing, mishearing, mishear.
    * entender mejor = place + Nombre + in/into + perspective, put into + perspective, gain + a better sense of, get + a better sense of.
    * entenderse = interoperate [inter-operate], hit it off.
    * entenderse que indica = take to + indicate.
    * fácil de entender = easy to understand.
    * hablar sin ser entendido = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hacer entender = get across.
    * hacerse entender = make + Posesivo + meaning plain.
    * malentender = misconstrue.
    * más fácil de entender para nosotros = closer to home.
    * no entender = be beyond + Pronombre.
    * no entender Algo = go (way) over + Posesivo + head.
    * no entender lo esencial = miss + the point.
    * no entender ni una papa de = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of.
    * no llegar a entender = miss + the mark, miss + the point.
    * según nuestro entender = as far as we know.
    * según + Pronombre + entender = it + be + Posesivo + understanding, Pronombre + understanding + be.
    * * *
    I 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <explicación/idioma/actitud> to understand

    ¿entiendes lo que quiero decir? — do you know what I mean?

    b) < persona> to understand

    se hace entender or (AmL) se da a entender — he makes himself understood

    2) (frml)
    a) (concebir, opinar)

    yo entiendo que deberíamos esperar — in my view o as I see it, we should wait

    b) (interpretar, deducir)

    ¿debo entender que te vas? — am I to understand that you're leaving?

    me dio a entender que... — she gave me to understand that...

    2.
    1) ( comprender) to understand

    (ya) entiendo — I understand, I see

    2) ( saber)

    ¿tú entiendes de estas cosas? — do you know anything about these things?

    3) (Der)
    3.
    entenderse v pron
    1)

    a ver si nos entendemos ¿quién te pegó? — let's get this straight, who hit you?

    entenderse con alguien — to get along o on with somebody

    c) ( tratar)

    allá se las entienda — (fam) that's his/her problem

    2) (refl)

    déjame, yo me entiendo — leave me alone, I know what I'm doing

    II

    a mi/tu/su entender — in my/your/his opinion, to my/your/his mind

    * * *
    = come to + grips with, cut through, grasp, have + some grasp, make + sense (out) of, understand, get to + grips with, make + sense of life, sympathise [sympathize, -USA], sympathise [sympathize, -USA], get + a grip on, provide + an understanding, catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift, have + a handle on, fathom, get + Posesivo + head around, wrap + Posesivo + head around, get + a handle on.

    Ex: Right now the management team is beginning to come to grips with our annual budget process, as it does every year.

    Ex: Publishers attempting to cut through this nomenclature morass can check with the library's administration.
    Ex: She must try to convince him that no single individual, no matter how gifted, can any longer grasp the innumerable facets of modern corporate effort.
    Ex: It is necessary to have some grasp of some fundamental aspects of computerized information-retrieval systems.
    Ex: The resultant guiding must be clear, by being both easy to read and easy to make sense of.
    Ex: They assume only that the reader has some knowledge of the subject, so that the abstract can be understood.
    Ex: The Treasure has made good use of a number of methodologies in getting to grips with the principles and applications of information management.
    Ex: This manual is an indispensable companion to all those who are keen to make sense of life in an infinitely complex and confusing Internet.
    Ex: In World War 2 librarians generally sympathised with Britain, but many were isolationist or apathetic during the early years = En la Segunda Guerra Mundial los bibliotecarios generalmente simpatizaban con Gran Bretaña, aunque muchos mantuvieron una actitud no intervencionista o indiferente durante los primeros años.
    Ex: In World War 2 librarians generally sympathised with Britain, but many were isolationist or apathetic during the early years = En la Segunda Guerra Mundial los bibliotecarios generalmente simpatizaban con Gran Bretaña, aunque muchos mantuvieron una actitud no intervencionista o indiferente durante los primeros años.
    Ex: The article ' Getting a grip on change' argues that only by confronting the challenges and inevitability of change can libraries retain their relevancy in the information age.
    Ex: The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.
    Ex: Shariel sighed and rolled her eyes a little, as Akanan clearly didn't catch her drift.
    Ex: 'Nah,' Kate chuckled, getting her drift, and then said 'I would've just barged in there and dared them to throw me out!'.
    Ex: 'I sure wish I had a better handle on this contract language,' he said.
    Ex: As she ascended the staircase to the library director's office, she tried to fathom the reason for the imperious summons.
    Ex: You are not quite sure how one man could get his head around this at the time, but he managed, in a masterful way.
    Ex: Sleuthing is like second-nature to her, and she can't possibly wrap her head around the concept of renouncing it completely.
    Ex: Children get a handle on personal responsibility by holding a library card of their own, a card that gives them access to new worlds.
    * a mi entender = to my mind.
    * a + Posesivo + entender = to the best of + Posesivo + belief.
    * a + Posesivo + saber y entender = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge and belief.
    * ayudar a entender mejor = lend + understanding to.
    * dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * difícil de entender = cryptic.
    * entender a medias = pick up + the fag-ends.
    * entender mal = misunderstand, misconceive, mishearing, mishearing, mishear.
    * entender mejor = place + Nombre + in/into + perspective, put into + perspective, gain + a better sense of, get + a better sense of.
    * entenderse = interoperate [inter-operate], hit it off.
    * entenderse que indica = take to + indicate.
    * fácil de entender = easy to understand.
    * hablar sin ser entendido = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hacer entender = get across.
    * hacerse entender = make + Posesivo + meaning plain.
    * malentender = misconstrue.
    * más fácil de entender para nosotros = closer to home.
    * no entender = be beyond + Pronombre.
    * no entender Algo = go (way) over + Posesivo + head.
    * no entender lo esencial = miss + the point.
    * no entender ni una papa de = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of.
    * no llegar a entender = miss + the mark, miss + the point.
    * según nuestro entender = as far as we know.
    * según + Pronombre + entender = it + be + Posesivo + understanding, Pronombre + understanding + be.

    * * *
    entender1 [E8 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹explicación/libro/idioma› to understand; ‹actitud/motivos› to understand
    yo no te entiendo la letra I can't read your writing
    no se le entiende nada you can't understand anything she says
    lo has entendido todo al revés you've got(ten) it all completely wrong, you've got the wrong end of the stick ( BrE colloq)
    no hablo el alemán, pero lo entiendo I don't speak German, but I can understand it
    yo todavía no he entendido el chiste I still haven't got(ten) the joke
    y que no se vuelva a repetir ¿lo has entendido bien? and don't let it happen again, (do you) understand? o have you got that?
    ¿entiendes lo que quiero decir? do you know what I mean?
    esto no hay quien lo entienda I just don't understand this o this is impossible to understand
    se entiende que prefiera estar a solas it is understandable that she should want to be alone
    ¿tú qué entiendes por `versátil'? what do you understand by `versatile'?
    2 ‹persona› to understand
    trata de entenderme try to understand me
    ten cuidado con ellos, tú ya me entiendes be careful with them, you know what I mean
    me has entendido mal you've misunderstood me
    su inglés no es perfecto pero se hace entender or ( AmL) se da a entender his English isn't perfect but he makes himself understood
    ¡a ti no hay quien te entienda! you're impossible!
    te entiendo perfectamente I know exactly what you mean
    estoy segura de que él te entenderá I am sure that he will understand
    B ( frml)
    1
    (concebir, opinar): yo entiendo que deberíamos esperar un poco más in my view o as I see it, we should wait a little longer
    no es así como yo entiendo la amistad that is not how I see o understand friendship, that is not my idea of friendship
    2
    (interpretar, deducir): ¿debo entender que desean prescindir de mis servicios? am I to understand o infer that you wish to dispense with my services?
    me dio a entender que ya lo sabía she gave me to understand that she already knew
    no lo dijo claramente, pero lo dio a entender she did not say so in so many words, but she implied it
    ■ entender
    vi
    A (comprender) to understand
    (ya) entiendo I understand, I see
    es que él es así ¿entiendes? it's just that he's like that, you see
    B (saber) entender DE algo to know ABOUT sth
    no entiendo nada de economía I don't know a thing about economics
    ¿tú entiendes de estas cosas? do you know anything about these things?
    C ( Der):
    entender en un caso to hear a case
    A
    1 (comunicarse) entenderse CON algn to communicate WITH sb
    se entienden por señas they communicate (with each other) through signs, they use sign language to communicate with each other
    a ver si nos entendemos ¿quién le pegó a quién? let's get this straight, who hit whom?
    2 (llevarse bien) entenderse CON algn to get along o on WITH sb
    tú te entiendes mejor con él you get along o on better with him than I do
    creo que nos vamos a entender I think we're going to get on o get along fine
    es mejor entenderse directamente con el jefe you are advised to deal directly with the boss
    allá se las entienda ( fam); that's his/her problem
    entendérselas con algn to fix sth up with sb
    4 ( fam) (tener un lío amoroso) entenderse CON algn to have an affair WITH sb
    B ( refl):
    ni él mismo se entiende he doesn't know what he's doing himself
    déjame, yo me entiendo leave me alone, I know what I'm doing
    a mi/tu/su entender in my/your/his opinion, to my/your/his mind
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    entender    
    entender algo
    entender ( conjugate entender) verbo transitivo
    to understand;
    ‹ chiste› to understand, get (colloq);

    no entendí su nombre I didn't get his name;
    lo entendió todo al revés he got it all completely wrong;
    tú ya me entiendes you know what I mean;
    me has entendido mal you've misunderstood me;
    se hace entender or (AmL) se da a entender he makes himself understood;
    me dio a entender que … she gave me to understand that …;
    dar algo a entender to imply sth
    verbo intransitivo

    b) ( saber) entender de algo to know about sth

    entenderse verbo pronominal
    1


    entenderse con algn to communicate with sb;
    a ver si nos entendemos ¿quién te pegó? let's get this straight, who hit you?


    entenderse con algn to get along o on with sb
    2 ( refl):
    ◊ déjame, yo me entiendo leave me alone, I know what I'm doing

    entender
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (comprender) to understand: a mi entender, está equivocado, in my opinion he's wrong
    no entendí ni papa/pío/jota de este libro, I didn't understand a word of this book
    no entiendo lo que quieres decir, I don't know what you mean
    no me entiendas mal, don't get me wrong
    nos dio a entender que no aceptaría el trabajo, he gave us to understand that he wouldn't accept the job
    2 (creer) to think: entendemos que no debiste hacerlo, we think you shouldn't have done that
    II verbo intransitivo entender de, (saber) to know about: entiende de música, he has an ear for music ➣ Ver nota en understand
    ' entender' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ayunas
    - cazar
    - coger
    - comprender
    - dar
    - interpretar
    - mercenaria
    - mercenario
    - papa
    - revés
    - significativa
    - significativo
    - ver
    - aclarar
    - agarrar
    - caer
    - concebir
    - difícil
    - dificultad
    - entendimiento
    - enterarse
    - entienda
    - fácil
    - sin
    English:
    appreciate
    - catch
    - depth
    - follow
    - get
    - gist
    - intimate
    - make out
    - misunderstand
    - parrot-fashion
    - point
    - purport
    - see
    - sense
    - thoroughly
    - trouble
    - understand
    - wise
    - work out
    - beyond
    - fathom
    - figure
    - grip
    - head
    - hint
    - home
    - imply
    - knowing
    - latch
    - lead
    - make
    - message
    - mishear
    - ram
    - still
    - sympathize
    - work
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [comprender] to understand;
    ahora entiendo lo que quieres decir now I understand o know what you mean;
    entiendo perfectamente tu reacción I completely understand your reaction;
    ¿es que no lo entiendes? don't you understand?;
    entiéndelo, lo hago por tu bien try to understand, it's for your own good;
    no te entiendo, habla más despacio I don't understand you, could you speak more slowly?;
    no entiendo los aparatos modernos I don't understand modern technology;
    no entiendo el chiste I don't get the joke;
    no entendí nada de lo que dijo I didn't understand a word of what he said;
    no entiendo nada, ¿no deberían haber llegado ya? I just can't understand it, surely they were supposed to have arrived by now;
    no entiendo la letra de mi médico I can't read my doctor's handwriting;
    entender mal algo to misunderstand sth;
    no entiendo cómo puede gustarte Arturo I don't know what you see in Arturo;
    no hay quien entienda a tu novio no one knows what to make of your boyfriend;
    ¡no hay quien te entienda! you're impossible!;
    sabe entender a las personas mayores she understands older people;
    ¿tú qué entiendes por “amistad”? what do you understand by “friendship”?;
    ¿debo entender que no estás de acuerdo? am I to understand that you disagree?;
    ¿cómo le puedo hacer entender que eso no se hace? how can I make her understand o get it through to her that that sort of behaviour is out?;
    hasta que no llegue no podemos empezar, ¿entiendes? we can't start until she gets here, all right?;
    ¿entiendes?, si no se lo decimos se va a enfadar look, if we don't tell him, he's going to get angry;
    podríamos hacernos los despistados, ya me entiendes we could make out we didn't really realize what was going on, you know what I mean;
    dar a entender algo (a alguien): dio a entender que no le interesaba she implied (that) she wasn't interested;
    nos dio a entender que no estaba de acuerdo she gave us to understand that she disagreed;
    hacerse entender to make oneself understood;
    se hizo entender a base de signos he made himself understood by using sign language;
    Fam
    no entiendo ni jota o RP [m5] un pito I can't understand a word (of it)
    2. [juzgar, opinar] to think;
    yo no lo entiendo así I don't see it that way;
    entiendo que sería mejor no decir nada I think it would be better not to say anything;
    entendemos que deberías disculparte we feel you ought to apologize
    ♦ vi
    1. [saber]
    entender de algo to know about sth;
    entender poco/algo de to know very little/a little about;
    entiende un montón de jardinería she knows loads about gardening;
    no entiendo nada de informática I don't know anything about computing;
    tú que entiendes de estas cosas, ¿qué es el “rafting”? you know about these things, what is “rafting”?
    2. [ocuparse]
    entender de o [m5]en [en general] to deal with;
    [sujeto: juez] to be in charge of;
    el magistrado que entiende de casos de terrorismo the magistrate responsible for o in charge of cases involving terrorism
    3. Fam [ser homosexual] to be gay;
    ¿entiendes? are you gay? [as a discreet enquiry]
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 understand;
    entender mal algo misunderstand sth;
    hacerse entender make o.s. understood;
    ya me entiendes do you catch my drift?, do you know what I mean?;
    dar a entender a alguien give s.o. to understand
    2 ( creer)
    :
    entendemos que sería mejor … we believe it would be better …
    II v/i
    1 understand;
    si entiendo bien if I understand correctly
    2
    :
    entender de algo know about sth
    3
    :
    III m
    :
    a mi entender in my opinion, to my mind
    * * *
    entender {56} vt
    1) comprender: to understand
    2) opinar: to think, to believe
    3) querer: to mean, to intend
    4) deducir: to infer, to deduce
    1) : to understand
    ¡ya entiendo!: now I understand!
    2)
    entender de : to know about, to be good at
    3)
    entender en : to be in charge of
    * * *
    1. (en general) to understand [pt. & pp. understood]
    ¿entiendes las instrucciones? do you understand the instructions?
    2. (tener conocimientos) to know [pt. knew; pp. known]
    entender mal to misunderstand [pt. & pp. misunderstood]

    Spanish-English dictionary > entender

  • 89 usar

    v.
    1 to use.
    ¿sabes usar esta máquina? do you know how to use this machine?
    sin usar unused
    Antonio usa grapas Anthony uses staples.
    El timador usó a las personas The swindler used the people.
    2 to wear (ropa, lentes, maquillaje).
    estos guantes están sin usar these gloves haven't been worn
    Antonio usa corbata Anthony wears ties.
    * * *
    1 to use
    2 (prenda) to wear
    1 to use (de, -)
    1 (estar de moda) to be used, be in fashion
    \
    de usar y tirar throwaway
    sin usar brand-new
    * * *
    verb
    2) wear
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=utilizar) [+ aparato, transporte, sustancia, expresión] to use

    • usar algo/a algn como — to use sth/sb as

    • de usar y tirar — [envase, producto] disposable

    literatura que algunos llaman de "usar y tirar" — so-called "pulp fiction"

    2) (=llevar) [+ ropa, perfume] to wear

    ¿qué número usa? — what size do you take?

    3) (=soler)
    2.
    VI

    • usar de — [+ derecho, poder] to exercise

    usar del derecho al voto — to exercise one's right to vote, use one's vote

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (emplear, utilizar) to use

    ¿cómo se usa esto? — < máquina> how does this work?; <diccionario/herramienta> how do you use this?

    usar algo/a alguien de or como algo — to use something/somebody as something

    b) <instalaciones/servicio> to use
    c) <producto/combustible> to use
    2) ( llevar) <alhajas/ropa> to wear; < perfume> to use, wear

    estos zapatos están sin usar — these shoes are unworn, these shoes have never been worn

    3) (esp AmL) < persona> to use
    2.
    usar vi
    1) ver abusar 2)
    2) usar de (frml) ( hacer uso de) <influencia/autoridad> to use
    3.
    usarse v pron (en 3a pers) (esp AmL) ( estar de moda) color/ropa to be in fashion
    * * *
    = adopt, call on/upon, deploy, employ, make + use of, rely on/upon, take, use, utilise [utilize, -USA], draw on/upon, use up, mobilise [mobilize, -USA].
    Ex. The concept of corporate authorship was first formulated in the BM code and has been adopted in all subsequent English language codes.
    Ex. It can only be a matter of time before we have in effect a complete set of MARC records to call on for details of any item we require.
    Ex. The article presents the results of trials in which the model was deployed to classify aspects of the construction industry, such as construction norms and regulations.
    Ex. The size of the collections in which the LCC is currently employed is likely to be a significant factor in its perpetuation.
    Ex. The example search in figure 8.3 shows how the statements in an online search make use of Boolean logic operators.
    Ex. When BNB began publication in 1950 it relied upon the fourteenth edition of DC.
    Ex. A common standard serial interface is the RS232C which takes a 24-pin plug and is commonly used to connect many peripherals including printers and modems.
    Ex. A study of bibliographic classification could concentrate solely upon the major, and some of the more minor bibliographic classification schemes used today.
    Ex. Clearly both tools record controlled indexing languages, but they are utilised in different environments.
    Ex. Bay's essay was produced to commemorate the 400th anniversary of Gesner's birth and draws upon a mass of contemporary source material.
    Ex. Plug-in programs have grown widely, they add functionality to a WWW browser but also use up drive storage space or conflict with other types of programs.
    Ex. It is time for all librarians to change their attitudes and become involved, to seek funds and mobilise civic organisations and businesses in cooperative efforts.
    ----
    * al usarse = in use.
    * aparato para usar Internet = Internet appliance.
    * capaz de usar el correo electrónico = e-mail literate.
    * cuchillo de usar y tirar = disposable knife.
    * de usar y tirar = disposable, throwaway, single-use.
    * fácil de usar = easy-to-use, user friendly.
    * hacer que no se use = render + unused.
    * listo para usar = off-the-rack.
    * listo para usarse = on tap.
    * plato de usar y tirar = disposable plate.
    * que puede ser usado a través de la web = web-compliant.
    * seleccionar en pantalla usando el contraste de colores = highlight.
    * servilleta de usar y tirar = disposable napkin.
    * tenedor de usar y tirar = disposable fork.
    * usando = by use of.
    * usando el tiempo de un modo eficaz = time efficient [time-efficient].
    * usar Algo bien = put to + good use.
    * usar Algo con buen provecho = use + Nombre + to good advantage.
    * usar Algo de un modo muy diluido = spread + Nombre + thinly.
    * usar como gasto deducible = write off.
    * usar como modelo = use + as a model.
    * usar con mesura = eke out.
    * usar con precaución = use + with caution.
    * usar de forma general = widely applied.
    * usar de manera general = be in general use.
    * usar de un modo descuidado = bandy (about/around).
    * usar de un modo despreocupado = bandy (about/around).
    * usar eficazmente = tap.
    * usar enchufes = pull + strings.
    * usar en exceso = overuse.
    * usar excesivamente = overuse.
    * usar fuera de contexto = use + out of context.
    * usar indistintamente = use + interchangeably.
    * usar mal = abuse, misuse.
    * usarse = be in use.
    * usarse en = be at home in.
    * usar sobre la zona afectada = use + topically.
    * usar superficialmente = nibble at.
    * úsese = Use.
    * úsese en lugar de (UF) = UF (use for).
    * volver a usar = reuse [re-use].
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (emplear, utilizar) to use

    ¿cómo se usa esto? — < máquina> how does this work?; <diccionario/herramienta> how do you use this?

    usar algo/a alguien de or como algo — to use something/somebody as something

    b) <instalaciones/servicio> to use
    c) <producto/combustible> to use
    2) ( llevar) <alhajas/ropa> to wear; < perfume> to use, wear

    estos zapatos están sin usar — these shoes are unworn, these shoes have never been worn

    3) (esp AmL) < persona> to use
    2.
    usar vi
    1) ver abusar 2)
    2) usar de (frml) ( hacer uso de) <influencia/autoridad> to use
    3.
    usarse v pron (en 3a pers) (esp AmL) ( estar de moda) color/ropa to be in fashion
    * * *
    = adopt, call on/upon, deploy, employ, make + use of, rely on/upon, take, use, utilise [utilize, -USA], draw on/upon, use up, mobilise [mobilize, -USA].

    Ex: The concept of corporate authorship was first formulated in the BM code and has been adopted in all subsequent English language codes.

    Ex: It can only be a matter of time before we have in effect a complete set of MARC records to call on for details of any item we require.
    Ex: The article presents the results of trials in which the model was deployed to classify aspects of the construction industry, such as construction norms and regulations.
    Ex: The size of the collections in which the LCC is currently employed is likely to be a significant factor in its perpetuation.
    Ex: The example search in figure 8.3 shows how the statements in an online search make use of Boolean logic operators.
    Ex: When BNB began publication in 1950 it relied upon the fourteenth edition of DC.
    Ex: A common standard serial interface is the RS232C which takes a 24-pin plug and is commonly used to connect many peripherals including printers and modems.
    Ex: A study of bibliographic classification could concentrate solely upon the major, and some of the more minor bibliographic classification schemes used today.
    Ex: Clearly both tools record controlled indexing languages, but they are utilised in different environments.
    Ex: Bay's essay was produced to commemorate the 400th anniversary of Gesner's birth and draws upon a mass of contemporary source material.
    Ex: Plug-in programs have grown widely, they add functionality to a WWW browser but also use up drive storage space or conflict with other types of programs.
    Ex: It is time for all librarians to change their attitudes and become involved, to seek funds and mobilise civic organisations and businesses in cooperative efforts.
    * al usarse = in use.
    * aparato para usar Internet = Internet appliance.
    * capaz de usar el correo electrónico = e-mail literate.
    * cuchillo de usar y tirar = disposable knife.
    * de usar y tirar = disposable, throwaway, single-use.
    * fácil de usar = easy-to-use, user friendly.
    * hacer que no se use = render + unused.
    * listo para usar = off-the-rack.
    * listo para usarse = on tap.
    * plato de usar y tirar = disposable plate.
    * que puede ser usado a través de la web = web-compliant.
    * seleccionar en pantalla usando el contraste de colores = highlight.
    * servilleta de usar y tirar = disposable napkin.
    * tenedor de usar y tirar = disposable fork.
    * usando = by use of.
    * usando el tiempo de un modo eficaz = time efficient [time-efficient].
    * usar Algo bien = put to + good use.
    * usar Algo con buen provecho = use + Nombre + to good advantage.
    * usar Algo de un modo muy diluido = spread + Nombre + thinly.
    * usar como gasto deducible = write off.
    * usar como modelo = use + as a model.
    * usar con mesura = eke out.
    * usar con precaución = use + with caution.
    * usar de forma general = widely applied.
    * usar de manera general = be in general use.
    * usar de un modo descuidado = bandy (about/around).
    * usar de un modo despreocupado = bandy (about/around).
    * usar eficazmente = tap.
    * usar enchufes = pull + strings.
    * usar en exceso = overuse.
    * usar excesivamente = overuse.
    * usar fuera de contexto = use + out of context.
    * usar indistintamente = use + interchangeably.
    * usar mal = abuse, misuse.
    * usarse = be in use.
    * usarse en = be at home in.
    * usar sobre la zona afectada = use + topically.
    * usar superficialmente = nibble at.
    * úsese = Use.
    * úsese en lugar de (UF) = UF (use for).
    * volver a usar = reuse [re-use].

    * * *
    usar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (emplear, utilizar) to use
    ¿cómo se usa esta calculadora? how does this calculator work?
    es una expresión poco usada it's not a very common expression, it's not an expression that's used a lot
    usó mal esa palabra he didn't use the word correctly
    usa preservativos use condoms
    usó toda su diplomacia para convencerlos she used all her tact to convince them
    usar algo/a algn DEor COMO algo to use sth/sb AS sth
    no uses el plato de or como cenicero don't use the plate as an ashtray
    ¿te puedo usar de or como testigo? can I use you as a witness?
    2 ‹instalaciones/servicio› to use
    hay una excelente biblioteca pero nadie la usa there's an excellent library but nobody uses it o nobody makes use of it
    3 (consumir) ‹producto/ingredientes/combustible› to use
    ¿qué champú usas? what shampoo do you use?
    no uses todos los huevos don't use all the eggs (up)
    B (llevar) ‹alhajas/ropa› to wear; ‹perfume› to use, wear
    estos zapatos están sin usar these shoes are unworn, these shoes have never been worn
    C ( esp AmL) (explotar, manipular) ‹persona› to use
    me sentí usada I felt used
    D usar de ( frml) (hacer uso de) ‹influencia/autoridad› to use
    ■ usarse
    ( esp AmL) (estar de moda): el fucsia es el color que más se va a usar esta temporada fuchsia is set to be the most popular color o ( colloq) the in-color this season
    cuando se usaba la maxifalda when long skirts were in fashion
    se usan muchísimo las prendas de cuero leather clothing is very popular
    ya no se usa hacer fiestas de compromiso it's not very common to have an engagement party nowadays
    * * *

     

    usar ( conjugate usar) verbo transitivo

    ◊ ¿qué champú usas? what shampoo do you use?;

    usar algo/a algn de or como algo to use sth/sb as sth
    b) ( llevar) ‹alhajas/ropa/perfume› to wear;


    usarse verbo pronominal (en 3a pers) (esp AmL) ( estar de moda) [color/ropa] to be in fashion, to be popular;

    usar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (hacer uso, emplear) to use: no uses mi maquinilla, don't use my razor
    siempre usa el mismo método, she uses always the same method
    2 (llevar ropa, perfume, etc) to wear
    II vi (utilizar) to use

    ' usar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alquilar
    - apellido
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bastante
    - bien
    - calor
    - casarse
    - cerrarse
    - como
    - don
    - doña
    - enferma
    - enfermo
    - error
    - fácil
    - fresca
    - fresco
    - fuerza
    - gastar
    - gritar
    - gustar
    - histórica
    - histórico
    - infante
    - irse
    - mucha
    - mucho
    - padre
    - parecerse
    - poder
    - soler
    - telefonear
    - toda
    - todo
    - ver
    - viaje
    - abusar
    - aprovechar
    - aspereza
    - emplear
    - estrenar
    - manejar
    - ocupar
    - someter
    English:
    absent
    - accustom
    - advise
    - apply
    - appreciate
    - averse
    - bed
    - begin
    - delay
    - dread
    - engine driver
    - eventual
    - excuse
    - feel
    - female
    - get
    - go
    - go on
    - hate
    - help out
    - liberty
    - love
    - male-dominated
    - mention
    - mind
    - miss
    - must
    - object
    - off
    - oven
    - overdo
    - possess
    - print
    - quite
    - ready
    - Scotch
    - shall
    - sparing
    - start
    - still
    - storey
    - study
    - take
    - teach
    - try
    - ultimately
    - unused
    - use
    - walking frame
    - work
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [aparato, herramienta, término] to use;
    ¿sabes usar esta máquina? do you know how to use this machine?;
    una cafetera sin usar an unused coffee pot;
    un método muy usado en literatura a widely used method in literature;
    usar algo como o [m5]de: un cobertizo pequeño que se usa como o [m5] de almacén a small shed which is used as a store;
    de usar y tirar [producto] disposable
    2. [ropa, lentes] to wear;
    no uso maquillaje I don't wear make-up;
    estos guantes están sin usar these gloves haven't been worn;
    siempre uso la talla 40 I always wear size 40
    3. Am [persona] to use;
    cuídate de ella, suele usar a la gente que se deja watch out with her, she tends to use people if they let her
    ♦ vi
    usar de to use, to make use of;
    quien siempre usa de la verdad whoever abides by the truth
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 use
    2 ropa, gafas wear
    II v/i
    :
    listo para usar ready to use
    * * *
    usar vt
    1) emplear, utilizar: to use, to make use of
    2) consumir: to consume, to use (up)
    3) llevar: to wear
    4)
    de usar y tirar : disposable
    * * *
    usar vb
    1. (emplear) to use
    2. (llevar) to wear [pt. wore; pp. worn]

    Spanish-English dictionary > usar

  • 90 Artificial Intelligence

       In my opinion, none of [these programs] does even remote justice to the complexity of human mental processes. Unlike men, "artificially intelligent" programs tend to be single minded, undistractable, and unemotional. (Neisser, 1967, p. 9)
       Future progress in [artificial intelligence] will depend on the development of both practical and theoretical knowledge.... As regards theoretical knowledge, some have sought a unified theory of artificial intelligence. My view is that artificial intelligence is (or soon will be) an engineering discipline since its primary goal is to build things. (Nilsson, 1971, pp. vii-viii)
       Most workers in AI [artificial intelligence] research and in related fields confess to a pronounced feeling of disappointment in what has been achieved in the last 25 years. Workers entered the field around 1950, and even around 1960, with high hopes that are very far from being realized in 1972. In no part of the field have the discoveries made so far produced the major impact that was then promised.... In the meantime, claims and predictions regarding the potential results of AI research had been publicized which went even farther than the expectations of the majority of workers in the field, whose embarrassments have been added to by the lamentable failure of such inflated predictions....
       When able and respected scientists write in letters to the present author that AI, the major goal of computing science, represents "another step in the general process of evolution"; that possibilities in the 1980s include an all-purpose intelligence on a human-scale knowledge base; that awe-inspiring possibilities suggest themselves based on machine intelligence exceeding human intelligence by the year 2000 [one has the right to be skeptical]. (Lighthill, 1972, p. 17)
       4) Just as Astronomy Succeeded Astrology, the Discovery of Intellectual Processes in Machines Should Lead to a Science, Eventually
       Just as astronomy succeeded astrology, following Kepler's discovery of planetary regularities, the discoveries of these many principles in empirical explorations on intellectual processes in machines should lead to a science, eventually. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)
       Many problems arise in experiments on machine intelligence because things obvious to any person are not represented in any program. One can pull with a string, but one cannot push with one.... Simple facts like these caused serious problems when Charniak attempted to extend Bobrow's "Student" program to more realistic applications, and they have not been faced up to until now. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 77)
       What do we mean by [a symbolic] "description"? We do not mean to suggest that our descriptions must be made of strings of ordinary language words (although they might be). The simplest kind of description is a structure in which some features of a situation are represented by single ("primitive") symbols, and relations between those features are represented by other symbols-or by other features of the way the description is put together. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)
       [AI is] the use of computer programs and programming techniques to cast light on the principles of intelligence in general and human thought in particular. (Boden, 1977, p. 5)
       The word you look for and hardly ever see in the early AI literature is the word knowledge. They didn't believe you have to know anything, you could always rework it all.... In fact 1967 is the turning point in my mind when there was enough feeling that the old ideas of general principles had to go.... I came up with an argument for what I called the primacy of expertise, and at the time I called the other guys the generalists. (Moses, quoted in McCorduck, 1979, pp. 228-229)
       9) Artificial Intelligence Is Psychology in a Particularly Pure and Abstract Form
       The basic idea of cognitive science is that intelligent beings are semantic engines-in other words, automatic formal systems with interpretations under which they consistently make sense. We can now see why this includes psychology and artificial intelligence on a more or less equal footing: people and intelligent computers (if and when there are any) turn out to be merely different manifestations of the same underlying phenomenon. Moreover, with universal hardware, any semantic engine can in principle be formally imitated by a computer if only the right program can be found. And that will guarantee semantic imitation as well, since (given the appropriate formal behavior) the semantics is "taking care of itself" anyway. Thus we also see why, from this perspective, artificial intelligence can be regarded as psychology in a particularly pure and abstract form. The same fundamental structures are under investigation, but in AI, all the relevant parameters are under direct experimental control (in the programming), without any messy physiology or ethics to get in the way. (Haugeland, 1981b, p. 31)
       There are many different kinds of reasoning one might imagine:
        Formal reasoning involves the syntactic manipulation of data structures to deduce new ones following prespecified rules of inference. Mathematical logic is the archetypical formal representation. Procedural reasoning uses simulation to answer questions and solve problems. When we use a program to answer What is the sum of 3 and 4? it uses, or "runs," a procedural model of arithmetic. Reasoning by analogy seems to be a very natural mode of thought for humans but, so far, difficult to accomplish in AI programs. The idea is that when you ask the question Can robins fly? the system might reason that "robins are like sparrows, and I know that sparrows can fly, so robins probably can fly."
        Generalization and abstraction are also natural reasoning process for humans that are difficult to pin down well enough to implement in a program. If one knows that Robins have wings, that Sparrows have wings, and that Blue jays have wings, eventually one will believe that All birds have wings. This capability may be at the core of most human learning, but it has not yet become a useful technique in AI.... Meta- level reasoning is demonstrated by the way one answers the question What is Paul Newman's telephone number? You might reason that "if I knew Paul Newman's number, I would know that I knew it, because it is a notable fact." This involves using "knowledge about what you know," in particular, about the extent of your knowledge and about the importance of certain facts. Recent research in psychology and AI indicates that meta-level reasoning may play a central role in human cognitive processing. (Barr & Feigenbaum, 1981, pp. 146-147)
       Suffice it to say that programs already exist that can do things-or, at the very least, appear to be beginning to do things-which ill-informed critics have asserted a priori to be impossible. Examples include: perceiving in a holistic as opposed to an atomistic way; using language creatively; translating sensibly from one language to another by way of a language-neutral semantic representation; planning acts in a broad and sketchy fashion, the details being decided only in execution; distinguishing between different species of emotional reaction according to the psychological context of the subject. (Boden, 1981, p. 33)
       Can the synthesis of Man and Machine ever be stable, or will the purely organic component become such a hindrance that it has to be discarded? If this eventually happens-and I have... good reasons for thinking that it must-we have nothing to regret and certainly nothing to fear. (Clarke, 1984, p. 243)
       The thesis of GOFAI... is not that the processes underlying intelligence can be described symbolically... but that they are symbolic. (Haugeland, 1985, p. 113)
        14) Artificial Intelligence Provides a Useful Approach to Psychological and Psychiatric Theory Formation
       It is all very well formulating psychological and psychiatric theories verbally but, when using natural language (even technical jargon), it is difficult to recognise when a theory is complete; oversights are all too easily made, gaps too readily left. This is a point which is generally recognised to be true and it is for precisely this reason that the behavioural sciences attempt to follow the natural sciences in using "classical" mathematics as a more rigorous descriptive language. However, it is an unfortunate fact that, with a few notable exceptions, there has been a marked lack of success in this application. It is my belief that a different approach-a different mathematics-is needed, and that AI provides just this approach. (Hand, quoted in Hand, 1985, pp. 6-7)
       We might distinguish among four kinds of AI.
       Research of this kind involves building and programming computers to perform tasks which, to paraphrase Marvin Minsky, would require intelligence if they were done by us. Researchers in nonpsychological AI make no claims whatsoever about the psychological realism of their programs or the devices they build, that is, about whether or not computers perform tasks as humans do.
       Research here is guided by the view that the computer is a useful tool in the study of mind. In particular, we can write computer programs or build devices that simulate alleged psychological processes in humans and then test our predictions about how the alleged processes work. We can weave these programs and devices together with other programs and devices that simulate different alleged mental processes and thereby test the degree to which the AI system as a whole simulates human mentality. According to weak psychological AI, working with computer models is a way of refining and testing hypotheses about processes that are allegedly realized in human minds.
    ... According to this view, our minds are computers and therefore can be duplicated by other computers. Sherry Turkle writes that the "real ambition is of mythic proportions, making a general purpose intelligence, a mind." (Turkle, 1984, p. 240) The authors of a major text announce that "the ultimate goal of AI research is to build a person or, more humbly, an animal." (Charniak & McDermott, 1985, p. 7)
       Research in this field, like strong psychological AI, takes seriously the functionalist view that mentality can be realized in many different types of physical devices. Suprapsychological AI, however, accuses strong psychological AI of being chauvinisticof being only interested in human intelligence! Suprapsychological AI claims to be interested in all the conceivable ways intelligence can be realized. (Flanagan, 1991, pp. 241-242)
        16) Determination of Relevance of Rules in Particular Contexts
       Even if the [rules] were stored in a context-free form the computer still couldn't use them. To do that the computer requires rules enabling it to draw on just those [ rules] which are relevant in each particular context. Determination of relevance will have to be based on further facts and rules, but the question will again arise as to which facts and rules are relevant for making each particular determination. One could always invoke further facts and rules to answer this question, but of course these must be only the relevant ones. And so it goes. It seems that AI workers will never be able to get started here unless they can settle the problem of relevance beforehand by cataloguing types of context and listing just those facts which are relevant in each. (Dreyfus & Dreyfus, 1986, p. 80)
       Perhaps the single most important idea to artificial intelligence is that there is no fundamental difference between form and content, that meaning can be captured in a set of symbols such as a semantic net. (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)
        18) The Assumption That the Mind Is a Formal System
       Artificial intelligence is based on the assumption that the mind can be described as some kind of formal system manipulating symbols that stand for things in the world. Thus it doesn't matter what the brain is made of, or what it uses for tokens in the great game of thinking. Using an equivalent set of tokens and rules, we can do thinking with a digital computer, just as we can play chess using cups, salt and pepper shakers, knives, forks, and spoons. Using the right software, one system (the mind) can be mapped into the other (the computer). (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)
        19) A Statement of the Primary and Secondary Purposes of Artificial Intelligence
       The primary goal of Artificial Intelligence is to make machines smarter.
       The secondary goals of Artificial Intelligence are to understand what intelligence is (the Nobel laureate purpose) and to make machines more useful (the entrepreneurial purpose). (Winston, 1987, p. 1)
       The theoretical ideas of older branches of engineering are captured in the language of mathematics. We contend that mathematical logic provides the basis for theory in AI. Although many computer scientists already count logic as fundamental to computer science in general, we put forward an even stronger form of the logic-is-important argument....
       AI deals mainly with the problem of representing and using declarative (as opposed to procedural) knowledge. Declarative knowledge is the kind that is expressed as sentences, and AI needs a language in which to state these sentences. Because the languages in which this knowledge usually is originally captured (natural languages such as English) are not suitable for computer representations, some other language with the appropriate properties must be used. It turns out, we think, that the appropriate properties include at least those that have been uppermost in the minds of logicians in their development of logical languages such as the predicate calculus. Thus, we think that any language for expressing knowledge in AI systems must be at least as expressive as the first-order predicate calculus. (Genesereth & Nilsson, 1987, p. viii)
        21) Perceptual Structures Can Be Represented as Lists of Elementary Propositions
       In artificial intelligence studies, perceptual structures are represented as assemblages of description lists, the elementary components of which are propositions asserting that certain relations hold among elements. (Chase & Simon, 1988, p. 490)
       Artificial intelligence (AI) is sometimes defined as the study of how to build and/or program computers to enable them to do the sorts of things that minds can do. Some of these things are commonly regarded as requiring intelligence: offering a medical diagnosis and/or prescription, giving legal or scientific advice, proving theorems in logic or mathematics. Others are not, because they can be done by all normal adults irrespective of educational background (and sometimes by non-human animals too), and typically involve no conscious control: seeing things in sunlight and shadows, finding a path through cluttered terrain, fitting pegs into holes, speaking one's own native tongue, and using one's common sense. Because it covers AI research dealing with both these classes of mental capacity, this definition is preferable to one describing AI as making computers do "things that would require intelligence if done by people." However, it presupposes that computers could do what minds can do, that they might really diagnose, advise, infer, and understand. One could avoid this problematic assumption (and also side-step questions about whether computers do things in the same way as we do) by defining AI instead as "the development of computers whose observable performance has features which in humans we would attribute to mental processes." This bland characterization would be acceptable to some AI workers, especially amongst those focusing on the production of technological tools for commercial purposes. But many others would favour a more controversial definition, seeing AI as the science of intelligence in general-or, more accurately, as the intellectual core of cognitive science. As such, its goal is to provide a systematic theory that can explain (and perhaps enable us to replicate) both the general categories of intentionality and the diverse psychological capacities grounded in them. (Boden, 1990b, pp. 1-2)
       Because the ability to store data somewhat corresponds to what we call memory in human beings, and because the ability to follow logical procedures somewhat corresponds to what we call reasoning in human beings, many members of the cult have concluded that what computers do somewhat corresponds to what we call thinking. It is no great difficulty to persuade the general public of that conclusion since computers process data very fast in small spaces well below the level of visibility; they do not look like other machines when they are at work. They seem to be running along as smoothly and silently as the brain does when it remembers and reasons and thinks. On the other hand, those who design and build computers know exactly how the machines are working down in the hidden depths of their semiconductors. Computers can be taken apart, scrutinized, and put back together. Their activities can be tracked, analyzed, measured, and thus clearly understood-which is far from possible with the brain. This gives rise to the tempting assumption on the part of the builders and designers that computers can tell us something about brains, indeed, that the computer can serve as a model of the mind, which then comes to be seen as some manner of information processing machine, and possibly not as good at the job as the machine. (Roszak, 1994, pp. xiv-xv)
       The inner workings of the human mind are far more intricate than the most complicated systems of modern technology. Researchers in the field of artificial intelligence have been attempting to develop programs that will enable computers to display intelligent behavior. Although this field has been an active one for more than thirty-five years and has had many notable successes, AI researchers still do not know how to create a program that matches human intelligence. No existing program can recall facts, solve problems, reason, learn, and process language with human facility. This lack of success has occurred not because computers are inferior to human brains but rather because we do not yet know in sufficient detail how intelligence is organized in the brain. (Anderson, 1995, p. 2)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Artificial Intelligence

  • 91 parler

    parler [paʀle]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 1
    1. <
       a. to speak
    • parlez plus fort ! speak up!
    • parle pour toi ! speak for yourself!
    • n'en parlons plus ! let's forget about it!
    • sans parler de... not to mention...
    ► parler de qch à qn to speak to sb about sth ; ( = l'informer) to tell sb about sth
    • ne m'en parlez pas ! you're telling me! (inf)► tu parles ! (inf) come off it! (inf)
    • tu parles d'une brute ! talk about a brute!
    • tu parles si c'est pratique ! (inf) a fat lot of use that is! (inf)
       b. ( = faire la conversation) to talk
    • tu peux parler ! (inf) you can talk! (inf)
    • trouver à qui parler (figurative) to meet one's match► parler de qch/qn to talk about sth/sb
    • faire parler de soi to get o.s. talked about
       c. ( = révéler des faits) to talk
    • faire parler qn [+ suspect] to make sb talk ; [+ introverti, timide] to draw sb out
    2. <
       a. [+ langue] to speak
    3. <
       a. (à soi-même) to talk to o.s.
    4. <
       a. ( = manière de parler) speech
       b. ( = langue régionale) dialect
    * * *

    I
    1. paʀle
    1) ( savoir manier) to speak [langue]
    2) ( discuter)

    parler affaires/politique — to talk (about) business/politics

    parler littérature/cinéma — to talk (about) books/films


    2.
    parler à verbe transitif indirect

    parler à — ( s'adresser) to talk ou speak to; ( ne pas être brouillé) to be on speaking terms with

    trouver à qui parler — fig to meet one's match

    moi qui vous parle, je n'aurais jamais cru ça! — (colloq) I'm telling you, I'd never have believed it!


    3.
    parler de verbe transitif indirect
    1) ( discuter)

    parler de — to talk about; ( mentionner)

    parler de tout et de rien, parler de choses et d'autres — to talk about this and that ou one thing and another

    faire parler de soi — gén to get oneself talked about; ( dans les médias) to make the news

    tu parles d'une aubaine! — (colloq) talk about a bargain! (colloq)

    ta promesse/son travail, parlons-en! — some promise/work!

    n'en parlons plus! — ( ça suffit) let's drop it; (c'est oublié, pardonné) that's the end of it

    finis-le, comme ça on n'en parle plus — finish it, then it's done

    2) ( traiter) [article, film, livre]

    parler de quelque chose/quelqu'un avec quelqu'un — to talk to somebody about something/somebody

    parler de quelque chose/quelqu'un à quelqu'un — ( l'entretenir de) to talk to somebody about something/somebody, to tell somebody about something/somebody


    4.
    verbe intransitif
    1) ( articuler des mots) [enfant, perroquet, poupée] to talk; ( d'une certaine façon) to speak, to talk

    parler vite/fort/en russe — to speak ou talk fast/loudly/in Russian

    parler du nez/avec un accent — to speak with a nasal twang/with an accent

    2) ( s'exprimer) to speak

    parle, on t'écoute — come on ou speak up, we're listening

    une prime? tu parles! — (colloq) a bonus? you must be joking! (colloq)

    tu parles si je viens! — (colloq) ( bien sûr) you bet I'm coming! (colloq)

    3) ( bavarder) to talk

    parler avec quelqu'un — to talk ou speak to somebody (de about)

    4) ( faire des aveux) to talk

    5.
    se parler verbe pronominal
    1) ( communiquer) to talk ou speak (to each other)
    2) ( ne pas être brouillés) to be on speaking terms
    3) ( être utilisé) [langue] to be spoken

    II paʀle
    nom masculin
    1) ( manière de s'exprimer) way of talking; ( langage) speech
    2) Linguistique dialect
    * * *
    paʀle
    1. nm
    1) [individu] speech, way of speaking
    2) [région] dialect
    2. vi
    1) (être capable de parole) to talk, to speak

    Il ne pouvait plus parler. — He could no longer speak.

    2) (= s'exprimer) to speak, to talk

    parler à qn — to speak to sb, to talk to sb

    parler de qch — to talk about sth, (conférence) to speak about sth

    Il m'a parlé de sa nouvelle voiture. — He told me about his new car.

    parler pour qn (= intercéder) — to speak for sb

    3) (= discuter) to talk

    Nous étions en train de parler quand le directeur est entré. — We were talking when the headmaster came in.

    Je parlais justement avec lui. — I was just talking to him.

    4) (= avouer) to talk
    3. vt
    1) [langue] to speak

    Il parle dix langues. — He speaks ten languages.

    2)
    * * *
    parler verb table: aimer
    A nm
    1 ( manière de s'exprimer) way of talking; ( langage) speech; elle a un parler vulgaire she has a common way of talking; parler négligé/soigné sloppy/polished speech; un parler vrai qui ne plaît pas à tous an outspokenness that some people don't like;
    2 Ling dialect.
    B vtr
    1 ( savoir manier) to speak [langue]; parler (l')italien to speak Italian; ⇒ vache;
    2 ( discuter) parler affaires/politique to talk (about) business/politics; parler littérature/cinéma to talk books/films; parler boulot○ or boutique○ to talk shop○.
    C parler à vtr ind ( s'adresser) parler à qn to talk ou speak to sb; ( ne pas être brouillé avec) to be on speaking terms with sb; j'ai à vous parler I must talk ou speak to you; il ne leur parle plus he's no longer on speaking terms with them; c'est parler à un mur it's like talking to a brick wall; trouver à qui parler fig to meet one's match; moi qui vous parle, je n'aurais jamais cru ça○! I'm telling you, I'd never have believed it!; ça parle au cœur it has a strong emotional appeal; ça parle à l'imagination it fires the imagination.
    D parler de vtr ind
    1 ( discuter) parler de qch/qn to talk about sth/sb; ( mentionner) to mention sth/sb; parler de tout et de rien, parler de choses et d'autres to talk about one thing and another; ils parlent encore de politique they're talking (about) politics again; on ne parle que de ça everybody is talking about it; toute la ville en parle it's the talk of the town; faire parler de soi gén to get oneself talked about; ( dans les médias) to make the news; la France et l'Italie, pour ne parler que des pays de la CEE France and Italy, to mention only EC countries; j'ai tous les soucis, sans parler des frais I have all the worry, not to mention the expense; c'est d'épidémie qu'il faut parler we're talking about an epidemic here; le spécialiste parle d'une opération/d'opérer the consultant is talking of an operation/of operating; on parle d'un gymnase/de construire un gymnase there's talk of a gymnasium/of building a gymnasium; on en parle there's talk of it; on parle d'un écologiste pour ce poste they're talking of giving the job to an ecologist; qui parle de vous expulser? who said anything about throwing you out?; parler mal de qn to badmouth○, to speak ill of sb; tu parles d'une aubaine○! (admiratif, iron) talk about a bargain○!; ta promesse/son travail, parlons-en! iron some promise/work!; n'en parlons plus! ( ça suffit) let's drop it; (c'est oublié, pardonné) that's the end of it; finis-le, comme ça on n'en parle plus finish it, then it's done; ‘c'était dur?’-‘n'en parlons pas○!’ ‘was it hard?’-‘unbelievable○!’;
    2 ( traiter) [article, film, livre] parler de to be about; de quoi ça parle○? what' s it about?; les journaux en ont parlé it was in the papers;
    3 ( s'entretenir) parler de qch/qn avec qn to talk to sb about sth/sb; on peut parler de tout avec eux you can talk to them about anything; il faut que j'en parle avec mes collègues I must talk to my colleagues about it; parler de qch/qn à qn ( l'entretenir de) to talk to sb about sth/sb, to tell sb about sth/sb; ( lui souffler mot de) to mention sth/sb to sb; il va parler de toi à son chef he'll put in a word for you with his boss; de quoi va-t-il nous parler? what is he going to talk to us about?; il nous a parlé de vous he's told us about you; parle-moi de tes projets/amis tell me about your plans/friends; ne leur en parle pas don't tell them about it, don't mention it to them; il ne m'a jamais parlé de sa famille he's never mentioned his family to me; on m'a beaucoup parlé de vous I've heard a lot about you; ne m'en parlez pas! don't talk to me about it!; je ne veux pas qu'on m'en parle I don't want to hear about it, I don't want to know; avec le café, parlez-moi d'un bon cognac with coffee, a good brandy is just the thing○; la lecture? parle-lui plutôt de football! books? he would rather hear about football GB ou soccer!
    E vi
    1 ( articuler des mots) [enfant, perroquet, poupée] to talk; ( d'une certaine façon) to speak, to talk; elle a parlé à 14 mois she started to talk at 14 months; parler vite/fort/en russe to speak ou talk fast/loudly/in Russian; parle plus fort speak up, speak louder; parler du nez/avec un accent to speak with a nasal twang/with an accent, to have a nasal twang/an accent; parler entre ses dents to mumble;
    2 ( s'exprimer) to speak; parler en public to speak in public; laisse-le parler let him speak, let him have his say; parler pour qn ( en son nom) to speak for sb; ( en sa faveur) to speak up on sb's behalf; parle pour toi! speak for yourself!; c'est à vous de parler ( dans débat) it's your turn to speak; ( aux cartes) it's your bid; parle, on t'écoute come on ou speak up, we're listening; écologiquement/économiquement parlant ecologically/economically speaking; parler sincèrement to speak sincerely; les faits parlent d'eux-mêmes the facts speak for themselves; laisser parler son cœur fig to speak from the heart; parler avec les mains hum to gesticulate a great deal, to talk with one's hands; parler par gestes to communicate by means of gestures; les muets parlent par signes the speech-impaired use sign language; tu parles sérieusement? are you serious?; si l'on peut parler ainsi if one can put it like that; parler en connaissance de cause to know what one is talking about; bien parlé! well said!; elle n'a qu'à parler, il obéit he obeys her every word; une prime? tu parles○! a bonus? you must be joking○!; tu parles si je viens○! ( bien sûr) you bet I'm coming○!; faire parler la poudre ( dans une bagarre) to start shooting; ( entrer en guerre) to go to war;
    3 ( bavarder) to talk; parler avec qn to talk ou speak to sb (de about); parler pour ne rien dire to talk for the sake of talking, to talk drivel; parler à tort et à travers to talk through one's hat○; il s'écoute parler he loves the sound of his own voice; parlons peu et parlons bien let's get down to business; ⇒ nuire;
    4 ( faire des aveux) to talk, to blab○; ( dénoncer) to grass○ GB, to squeal; faire parler qn to make sb talk.
    F se parler vpr
    1 ( communiquer) to talk ou speak (to each other); ils se sont parlé au téléphone they spoke on the telephone; on s'est parlé deux minutes we spoke ou talked for a couple of minutes;
    2 ( ne pas être brouillés) to be on speaking terms; ils ne se parlent pas they're not on speaking terms;
    3 ( être utilisé) [langue, dialecte] to be spoken.
    I
    [parle] nom masculin
    1. [vocabulaire] speech, way of speaking
    2. [langue d'une région] dialect, variety
    II
    [parle] verbe intransitif
    A.[FAIRE UN ÉNONCÉ]
    1. [articuler des paroles] to talk, to speak
    parler bas ou à voix basse to speak softly ou in a low voice
    parler haut ou à voix haute to speak loudly ou in a loud voice
    parlez moins fort keep your voice down, don't speak so loud
    2. [s'exprimer] to talk, to speak
    il a fait parler l'adolescent he drew the adolescent out of himself, he got the adolescent to talk
    parler pour ou à la place de quelqu'un to speak for somebody ou on somebody's behalf
    parler contre/pour to speak against/for
    politiquement/artistiquement parlant politically/artistically speaking
    parler à quelqu'un [lui manifester ses sentiments] to talk to ou to speak to ou to have a word with somebody
    parler à quelqu'un [s'adresser à quelqu'un] to talk ou to speak to somebody
    je ne leur parle plus I'm not on speaking terms with them any more, I don't speak to them any more
    parler à quelqu'un [l'émouvoir, le toucher] to speak ou to appeal to somebody
    voilà ce qui s'appelle parler!, ça, c'est parler! (familier) well said!
    3. [discuter] to talk
    assez parlé, allons-y! that's enough chat, let's go!
    parler de quelque chose/quelqu'un to talk ou to speak about something/somebody
    tiens, en parlant de vacances, Luc a une villa à louer hey, talking of holidays, Luc has a villa to let
    parler de quelqu'un/quelque chose [le mentionner]: le livre parle de la guerre the book is about ou deals with the war
    parler (de) religion/(de) littérature to talk religion/literature
    parler de quelque chose/quelqu'un comme de: on parle d'elle comme d'une candidate possible she's being talked about ou billed as a possible candidate
    on m'en avait parlé comme d'une femme austère I'd been told she was ou she'd been described to me as a stern sort of woman
    parler de quelqu'un/quelque chose à quelqu'un: n'en parle à personne! don't mention it to anybody!
    après ça, qu'on ne vienne plus me parler de solidarité after that, I don't want to hear any more about solidarity
    parlez-moi un peu de vous/de ce que vous avez ressenti tell me something about yourself/what you felt
    je cherche un travail, alors, si vous pouviez lui parler de moi I'm looking for a job, so if you could have a word with her about me
    [jaser] to talk
    4. [avouer] to talk
    faire parler quelqu'un to make somebody talk, to get somebody to talk
    5. [être éloquent] to speak volumes
    les chiffres/faits parlent d'eux-mêmes the figures/facts speak for themselves
    6. JEUX
    B.[LOCUTIONS] (langage familier)
    a. [bien sûr] did you like it? — you bet!
    a. [je vais lui rendre] you bet I'll give it back to him!
    b. [je ne vais pas lui rendre] there's no way I'm giving it back to him!
    tu parles si c'est agréable/intelligent! (ironique) that's really nice/clever!
    tu parles de, vous parlez de: tu parles d'une déception! talk about a letdown!, it was such a letdown!
    ne m'en parle pas, m'en parle pas: c'est difficile — ne m'en parle pas! it's difficult — don't tell me ou you're telling me ou you don't say!
    parlons-en: laisse faire la justice — ah, parlons-en, de leur justice! let justice take its course — justice indeed ou some justice!
    n'en parlons pas: l'échéance d'avril, n'en parlons pas let's not even talk about ou mention the April deadline
    n'en parlons plus let's not mention it again, let's say no more about it
    ————————
    [parle] verbe transitif
    [langue] to speak
    et pourtant je parle français, non? (figuré) don't you understand plain English?
    parler affaires/politique to talk business/politics
    ————————
    se parler verbe pronominal
    (emploi réciproque) to talk to one another ou each other
    ————————
    se parler verbe pronominal
    ————————
    se parler verbe pronominal
    ————————
    sans parler de locution prépositionnelle
    sans parler du fait que... to say nothing of..., without mentioning the fact that...

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > parler

  • 92 Bibliography

     ■ Aitchison, J. (1987). Noam Chomsky: Consensus and controversy. New York: Falmer Press.
     ■ Anderson, J. R. (1980). Cognitive psychology and its implications. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Anderson, J. R. (1983). The architecture of cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Anderson, J. R. (1995). Cognitive psychology and its implications (4th ed.). New York: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Archilochus (1971). In M. L. West (Ed.), Iambi et elegi graeci (Vol. 1). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Armstrong, D. M. (1990). The causal theory of the mind. In W. G. Lycan (Ed.), Mind and cognition: A reader (pp. 37-47). Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell. (Originally published in 1981 in The nature of mind and other essays, Ithaca, NY: University Press).
     ■ Atkins, P. W. (1992). Creation revisited. Oxford: W. H. Freeman & Company.
     ■ Austin, J. L. (1962). How to do things with words. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Bacon, F. (1878). Of the proficience and advancement of learning divine and human. In The works of Francis Bacon (Vol. 1). Cambridge, MA: Hurd & Houghton.
     ■ Bacon, R. (1928). Opus majus (Vol. 2). R. B. Burke (Trans.). Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.
     ■ Bar-Hillel, Y. (1960). The present status of automatic translation of languages. In F. L. Alt (Ed.), Advances in computers (Vol. 1). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Barr, A., & E. A. Feigenbaum (Eds.) (1981). The handbook of artificial intelligence (Vol. 1). Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Barr, A., & E. A. Feigenbaum (Eds.) (1982). The handbook of artificial intelligence (Vol. 2). Los Altos, CA: William Kaufman.
     ■ Barron, F. X. (1963). The needs for order and for disorder as motives in creative activity. In C. W. Taylor & F. X. Barron (Eds.), Scientific creativity: Its rec ognition and development (pp. 153-160). New York: Wiley.
     ■ Bartlett, F. C. (1932). Remembering: A study in experimental and social psychology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Bartley, S. H. (1969). Principles of perception. London: Harper & Row.
     ■ Barzun, J. (1959). The house of intellect. New York: Harper & Row.
     ■ Beach, F. A., D. O. Hebb, C. T. Morgan & H. W. Nissen (Eds.) (1960). The neu ropsychology of Lashley. New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Berkeley, G. (1996). Principles of human knowledge: Three Dialogues. Oxford: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1710.)
     ■ Berlin, I. (1953). The hedgehog and the fox: An essay on Tolstoy's view of history. NY: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Bierwisch, J. (1970). Semantics. In J. Lyons (Ed.), New horizons in linguistics. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
     ■ Black, H. C. (1951). Black's law dictionary. St. Paul, MN: West Publishing.
     ■ Bobrow, D. G., & D. A. Norman (1975). Some principles of memory schemata. In D. G. Bobrow & A. Collins (Eds.), Representation and understanding: Stud ies in Cognitive Science (pp. 131-149). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1977). Artificial intelligence and natural man. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1981). Minds and mechanisms. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1990a). The creative mind: Myths and mechanisms. London: Cardinal.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1990b). The philosophy of artificial intelligence. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Boden, M. A. (1994). Precis of The creative mind: Myths and mechanisms. Behavioral and brain sciences 17, 519-570.
     ■ Boden, M. (1996). Creativity. In M. Boden (Ed.), Artificial Intelligence (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.
     ■ Bolter, J. D. (1984). Turing's man: Western culture in the computer age. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.
     ■ Bolton, N. (1972). The psychology of thinking. London: Methuen.
     ■ Bourne, L. E. (1973). Some forms of cognition: A critical analysis of several papers. In R. Solso (Ed.), Contemporary issues in cognitive psychology (pp. 313324). Loyola Symposium on Cognitive Psychology (Chicago 1972). Washington, DC: Winston.
     ■ Bransford, J. D., N. S. McCarrell, J. J. Franks & K. E. Nitsch (1977). Toward unexplaining memory. In R. Shaw & J. D. Bransford (Eds.), Perceiving, acting, and knowing (pp. 431-466). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Breger, L. (1981). Freud's unfinished journey. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ Brehmer, B. (1986). In one word: Not from experience. In H. R. Arkes & K. Hammond (Eds.), Judgment and decision making: An interdisciplinary reader (pp. 705-719). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Bresnan, J. (1978). A realistic transformational grammar. In M. Halle, J. Bresnan & G. A. Miller (Eds.), Linguistic theory and psychological reality (pp. 1-59). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Brislin, R. W., W. J. Lonner & R. M. Thorndike (Eds.) (1973). Cross- cultural research methods. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Bronowski, J. (1977). A sense of the future: Essays in natural philosophy. P. E. Ariotti with R. Bronowski (Eds.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Bronowski, J. (1978). The origins of knowledge and imagination. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ Brown, R. O. (1973). A first language: The early stages. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Brown, T. (1970). Lectures on the philosophy of the human mind. In R. Brown (Ed.), Between Hume and Mill: An anthology of British philosophy- 1749- 1843 (pp. 330-387). New York: Random House/Modern Library.
     ■ Bruner, J. S., J. Goodnow & G. Austin (1956). A study of thinking. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Campbell, J. (1982). Grammatical man: Information, entropy, language, and life. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Campbell, J. (1989). The improbable machine. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Carlyle, T. (1966). On heroes, hero- worship and the heroic in history. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. (Originally published in 1841.)
     ■ Carnap, R. (1959). The elimination of metaphysics through logical analysis of language [Ueberwindung der Metaphysik durch logische Analyse der Sprache]. In A. J. Ayer (Ed.), Logical positivism (pp. 60-81) A. Pap (Trans). New York: Free Press. (Originally published in 1932.)
     ■ Cassirer, E. (1946). Language and myth. New York: Harper and Brothers. Reprinted. New York: Dover Publications, 1953.
     ■ Cattell, R. B., & H. J. Butcher (1970). Creativity and personality. In P. E. Vernon (Ed.), Creativity. Harmondsworth, England: Penguin Books.
     ■ Caudill, M., & C. Butler (1990). Naturally intelligent systems. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Chandrasekaran, B. (1990). What kind of information processing is intelligence? A perspective on AI paradigms and a proposal. In D. Partridge & R. Wilks (Eds.), The foundations of artificial intelligence: A sourcebook (pp. 14-46). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Charniak, E., & McDermott, D. (1985). Introduction to artificial intelligence. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Chase, W. G., & H. A. Simon (1988). The mind's eye in chess. In A. Collins & E. E. Smith (Eds.), Readings in cognitive science: A perspective from psychology and artificial intelligence (pp. 461-493). San Mateo, CA: Kaufmann.
     ■ Cheney, D. L., & R. M. Seyfarth (1990). How monkeys see the world: Inside the mind of another species. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Chi, M.T.H., R. Glaser & E. Rees (1982). Expertise in problem solving. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (pp. 7-73). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1957). Syntactic structures. The Hague: Mouton. Janua Linguarum.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1964). A transformational approach to syntax. In J. A. Fodor & J. J. Katz (Eds.), The structure of language: Readings in the philosophy of lan guage (pp. 211-245). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1965). Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1972). Language and mind (enlarged ed.). New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1979). Language and responsibility. New York: Pantheon.
     ■ Chomsky, N. (1986). Knowledge of language: Its nature, origin and use. New York: Praeger Special Studies.
     ■ Churchland, P. (1979). Scientific realism and the plasticity of mind. New York: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Churchland, P. M. (1989). A neurocomputational perspective: The nature of mind and the structure of science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Churchland, P. S. (1986). Neurophilosophy. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Clark, A. (1996). Philosophical Foundations. In M. A. Boden (Ed.), Artificial in telligence (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.
     ■ Clark, H. H., & T. B. Carlson (1981). Context for comprehension. In J. Long & A. Baddeley (Eds.), Attention and performance (Vol. 9, pp. 313-330). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Clarke, A. C. (1984). Profiles of the future: An inquiry into the limits of the possible. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
     ■ Claxton, G. (1980). Cognitive psychology: A suitable case for what sort of treatment? In G. Claxton (Ed.), Cognitive psychology: New directions (pp. 1-25). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ Code, M. (1985). Order and organism. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.
     ■ Collingwood, R. G. (1972). The idea of history. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Coopersmith, S. (1967). The antecedents of self- esteem. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Copland, A. (1952). Music and imagination. London: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Coren, S. (1994). The intelligence of dogs. New York: Bantam Books.
     ■ Cottingham, J. (Ed.) (1996). Western philosophy: An anthology. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers.
     ■ Cox, C. (1926). The early mental traits of three hundred geniuses. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
     ■ Craik, K.J.W. (1943). The nature of explanation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Cronbach, L. J. (1990). Essentials of psychological testing (5th ed.). New York: HarperCollins.
     ■ Cronbach, L. J., & R. E. Snow (1977). Aptitudes and instructional methods. New York: Irvington. Paperback edition, 1981.
     ■ Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1993). The evolving self. New York: Harper Perennial.
     ■ Culler, J. (1976). Ferdinand de Saussure. New York: Penguin Books.
     ■ Curtius, E. R. (1973). European literature and the Latin Middle Ages. W. R. Trask (Trans.). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ D'Alembert, J.L.R. (1963). Preliminary discourse to the encyclopedia of Diderot. R. N. Schwab (Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.
     ■ Damasio, A. (1994). Descartes' error: Emotion, reason, and the human brain. New York: Avon.
     ■ Dampier, W. C. (1966). A history of modern science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Darwin, C. (1911). The life and letters of Charles Darwin (Vol. 1). Francis Darwin (Ed.). New York: Appleton.
     ■ Davidson, D. (1970) Mental events. In L. Foster & J. W. Swanson (Eds.), Experience and theory (pp. 79-101). Amherst: University of Massachussetts Press.
     ■ Davies, P. (1995). About time: Einstein's unfinished revolution. New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.
     ■ Davis, R., & J. J. King (1977). An overview of production systems. In E. Elcock & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence 8. Chichester, England: Ellis Horwood.
     ■ Davis, R., & D. B. Lenat (1982). Knowledge- based systems in artificial intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Dawkins, R. (1982). The extended phenotype: The gene as the unit of selection. Oxford: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ deKleer, J., & J. S. Brown (1983). Assumptions and ambiguities in mechanistic mental models (1983). In D. Gentner & A. L. Stevens (Eds.), Mental modes (pp. 155-190). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Dennett, D. C. (1978a). Brainstorms: Philosophical essays on mind and psychology. Montgomery, VT: Bradford Books.
     ■ Dennett, D. C. (1978b). Toward a cognitive theory of consciousness. In D. C. Dennett, Brainstorms: Philosophical Essays on Mind and Psychology. Montgomery, VT: Bradford Books.
     ■ Dennett, D. C. (1995). Darwin's dangerous idea: Evolution and the meanings of life. New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.
     ■ Descartes, R. (1897-1910). Traite de l'homme. In Oeuvres de Descartes (Vol. 11, pp. 119-215). Paris: Charles Adam & Paul Tannery. (Originally published in 1634.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1950). Discourse on method. L. J. Lafleur (Trans.). New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1637.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1951). Meditation on first philosophy. L. J. Lafleur (Trans.). New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1641.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1955). The philosophical works of Descartes. E. S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (Trans.). New York: Dover. (Originally published in 1911 by Cambridge University Press.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1967). Discourse on method (Pt. V). In E. S. Haldane and G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 106-118). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1637.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1970a). Discourse on method. In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 181-200). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1637.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1970b). Principles of philosophy. In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 1, pp. 178-291). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1644.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1984). Meditations on first philosophy. In J. Cottingham, R. Stoothoff & D. Murduch (Trans.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 2). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641.)
     ■ Descartes, R. (1986). Meditations on first philosophy. J. Cottingham (Trans.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641 as Med itationes de prima philosophia.)
     ■ deWulf, M. (1956). An introduction to scholastic philosophy. Mineola, NY: Dover Books.
     ■ Dixon, N. F. (1981). Preconscious processing. London: Wiley.
     ■ Doyle, A. C. (1986). The Boscombe Valley mystery. In Sherlock Holmes: The com plete novels and stories (Vol. 1). New York: Bantam.
     ■ Dreyfus, H., & S. Dreyfus (1986). Mind over machine. New York: Free Press.
     ■ Dreyfus, H. L. (1972). What computers can't do: The limits of artificial intelligence (revised ed.). New York: Harper & Row.
     ■ Dreyfus, H. L., & S. E. Dreyfus (1986). Mind over machine: The power of human intuition and expertise in the era of the computer. New York: Free Press.
     ■ Edelman, G. M. (1992). Bright air, brilliant fire: On the matter of the mind. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Ehrenzweig, A. (1967). The hidden order of art. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson.
     ■ Einstein, A., & L. Infeld (1938). The evolution of physics. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Eisenstein, S. (1947). Film sense. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.
     ■ Everdell, W. R. (1997). The first moderns. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Eysenck, M. W. (1977). Human memory: Theory, research and individual difference. Oxford: Pergamon.
     ■ Eysenck, M. W. (1982). Attention and arousal: Cognition and performance. Berlin: Springer.
     ■ Eysenck, M. W. (1984). A handbook of cognitive psychology. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Fancher, R. E. (1979). Pioneers of psychology. New York: W. W. Norton.
     ■ Farrell, B. A. (1981). The standing of psychoanalysis. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Feldman, D. H. (1980). Beyond universals in cognitive development. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
     ■ Fetzer, J. H. (1996). Philosophy and cognitive science (2nd ed.). New York: Paragon House.
     ■ Finke, R. A. (1990). Creative imagery: Discoveries and inventions in visualization. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Flanagan, O. (1991). The science of the mind. Cambridge MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Fodor, J. (1983). The modularity of mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Frege, G. (1972). Conceptual notation. T. W. Bynum (Trans.). Oxford: Clarendon Press. (Originally published in 1879.)
     ■ Frege, G. (1979). Logic. In H. Hermes, F. Kambartel & F. Kaulbach (Eds.), Gottlob Frege: Posthumous writings. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (Originally published in 1879-1891.)
     ■ Freud, S. (1959). Creative writers and day-dreaming. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 9, pp. 143-153). London: Hogarth Press.
     ■ Freud, S. (1966). Project for a scientific psychology. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The stan dard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 1, pp. 295-398). London: Hogarth Press. (Originally published in 1950 as Aus den AnfaЁngen der Psychoanalyse, in London by Imago Publishing.)
     ■ Freud, S. (1976). Lecture 18-Fixation to traumas-the unconscious. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 16, p. 285). London: Hogarth Press.
     ■ Galileo, G. (1990). Il saggiatore [The assayer]. In S. Drake (Ed.), Discoveries and opinions of Galileo. New York: Anchor Books. (Originally published in 1623.)
     ■ Gassendi, P. (1970). Letter to Descartes. In "Objections and replies." In E. S. Haldane & G.R.T. Ross (Eds.), The philosophical works of Descartes (Vol. 2, pp. 179-240). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (Originally published in 1641.)
     ■ Gazzaniga, M. S. (1988). Mind matters: How mind and brain interact to create our conscious lives. Boston: Houghton Mifflin in association with MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Genesereth, M. R., & N. J. Nilsson (1987). Logical foundations of artificial intelligence. Palo Alto, CA: Morgan Kaufmann.
     ■ Ghiselin, B. (1952). The creative process. New York: Mentor.
     ■ Ghiselin, B. (1985). The creative process. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1952.)
     ■ Gilhooly, K. J. (1996). Thinking: Directed, undirected and creative (3rd ed.). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Glass, A. L., K. J. Holyoak & J. L. Santa (1979). Cognition. Reading, MA: AddisonWesley.
     ■ Goody, J. (1977). The domestication of the savage mind. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Gruber, H. E. (1980). Darwin on man: A psychological study of scientific creativity (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Gruber, H. E., & S. Davis (1988). Inching our way up Mount Olympus: The evolving systems approach to creative thinking. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity: Contemporary psychological perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Guthrie, E. R. (1972). The psychology of learning. New York: Harper. (Originally published in 1935.)
     ■ Habermas, J. (1972). Knowledge and human interests. Boston: Beacon Press.
     ■ Hadamard, J. (1945). The psychology of invention in the mathematical field. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Hand, D. J. (1985). Artificial intelligence and psychiatry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Harris, M. (1981). The language myth. London: Duckworth.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (Ed.) (1981). Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (1981a). The nature and plausibility of cognitivism. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 243-281). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (1981b). Semantic engines: An introduction to mind design. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 1-34). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Haugeland, J. (1985). Artificial intelligence: The very idea. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Hawkes, T. (1977). Structuralism and semiotics. Berkeley: University of California Press.
     ■ Hebb, D. O. (1949). The organisation of behaviour. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Hebb, D. O. (1958). A textbook of psychology. Philadelphia: Saunders.
     ■ Hegel, G.W.F. (1910). The phenomenology of mind. J. B. Baille (Trans.). London: Sonnenschein. (Originally published as Phaenomenologie des Geistes, 1807.)
     ■ Heisenberg, W. (1958). Physics and philosophy. New York: Harper & Row.
     ■ Hempel, C. G. (1966). Philosophy of natural science. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: PrenticeHall.
     ■ Herman, A. (1997). The idea of decline in Western history. New York: Free Press.
     ■ Herrnstein, R. J., & E. G. Boring (Eds.) (1965). A source book in the history of psy chology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Herzmann, E. (1964). Mozart's creative process. In P. H. Lang (Ed.), The creative world of Mozart (pp. 17-30). London: Oldbourne Press.
     ■ Hilgard, E. R. (1957). Introduction to psychology. London: Methuen.
     ■ Hobbes, T. (1651). Leviathan. London: Crooke.
     ■ Hofstadter, D. R. (1979). Goedel, Escher, Bach: An eternal golden braid. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Holliday, S. G., & M. J. Chandler (1986). Wisdom: Explorations in adult competence. Basel, Switzerland: Karger.
     ■ Horn, J. L. (1986). In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 3). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
     ■ Hull, C. (1943). Principles of behavior. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
     ■ Hume, D. (1955). An inquiry concerning human understanding. New York: Liberal Arts Press. (Originally published in 1748.)
     ■ Hume, D. (1975). An enquiry concerning human understanding. In L. A. SelbyBigge (Ed.), Hume's enquiries (3rd. ed., revised P. H. Nidditch). Oxford: Clarendon. (Spelling and punctuation revised.) (Originally published in 1748.)
     ■ Hume, D. (1978). A treatise of human nature. L. A. Selby-Bigge (Ed.), Hume's enquiries (3rd. ed., revised P. H. Nidditch). Oxford: Clarendon. (With some modifications of spelling and punctuation.) (Originally published in 1690.)
     ■ Hunt, E. (1973). The memory we must have. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language. (pp. 343-371) San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Husserl, E. (1960). Cartesian meditations. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
     ■ Inhelder, B., & J. Piaget (1958). The growth of logical thinking from childhood to adolescence. New York: Basic Books. (Originally published in 1955 as De la logique de l'enfant a` la logique de l'adolescent. [Paris: Presses Universitaire de France])
     ■ James, W. (1890a). The principles of psychology (Vol. 1). New York: Dover Books.
     ■ James, W. (1890b). The principles of psychology. New York: Henry Holt.
     ■ Jevons, W. S. (1900). The principles of science (2nd ed.). London: Macmillan.
     ■ Johnson, G. (1986). Machinery of the mind: Inside the new science of artificial intelli gence. New York: Random House.
     ■ Johnson, M. L. (1988). Mind, language, machine. New York: St. Martin's Press.
     ■ Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1983). Mental models: Toward a cognitive science of language, inference, and consciousness. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1988). The computer and the mind: An introduction to cognitive science. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Jones, E. (1961). The life and work of Sigmund Freud. L. Trilling & S. Marcus (Eds.). London: Hogarth.
     ■ Jones, R. V. (1985). Complementarity as a way of life. In A. P. French & P. J. Kennedy (Eds.), Niels Bohr: A centenary volume. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Kant, I. (1933). Critique of Pure Reason (2nd ed.). N. K. Smith (Trans.). London: Macmillan. (Originally published in 1781 as Kritik der reinen Vernunft.)
     ■ Kant, I. (1891). Solution of the general problems of the Prolegomena. In E. Belfort (Trans.), Kant's Prolegomena. London: Bell. (With minor modifications.) (Originally published in 1783.)
     ■ Katona, G. (1940). Organizing and memorizing: Studies in the psychology of learning and teaching. New York: Columbia University Press.
     ■ Kaufman, A. S. (1979). Intelligent testing with the WISC-R. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Koestler, A. (1964). The act of creation. New York: Arkana (Penguin).
     ■ Kohlberg, L. (1971). From is to ought. In T. Mischel (Ed.), Cognitive development and epistemology. (pp. 151-235) New York: Academic Press.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1925). The mentality of apes. New York: Liveright.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1927). The mentality of apes (2nd ed.). Ella Winter (Trans.). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1930). Gestalt psychology. London: G. Bell.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1947). Gestalt psychology. New York: Liveright.
     ■ KoЁhler, W. (1969). The task of Gestalt psychology. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Kuhn, T. (1970). The structure of scientific revolutions (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Langer, E. J. (1989). Mindfulness. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Langer, S. (1962). Philosophical sketches. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
     ■ Langley, P., H. A. Simon, G. L. Bradshaw & J. M. Zytkow (1987). Scientific dis covery: Computational explorations of the creative process. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Lashley, K. S. (1951). The problem of serial order in behavior. In L. A. Jeffress (Ed.), Cerebral mechanisms in behavior, the Hixon Symposium (pp. 112-146) New York: Wiley.
     ■ LeDoux, J. E., & W. Hirst (1986). Mind and brain: Dialogues in cognitive neuroscience. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Lehnert, W. (1978). The process of question answering. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Leiber, J. (1991). Invitation to cognitive science. Oxford: Blackwell.
     ■ Lenat, D. B., & G. Harris (1978). Designing a rule system that searches for scientific discoveries. In D. A. Waterman & F. Hayes-Roth (Eds.), Pattern directed inference systems (pp. 25-52) New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Levenson, T. (1995). Measure for measure: A musical history of science. New York: Touchstone. (Originally published in 1994.)
     ■ Leґvi-Strauss, C. (1963). Structural anthropology. C. Jacobson & B. Grundfest Schoepf (Trans.). New York: Basic Books. (Originally published in 1958.)
     ■ Levine, M. W., & J. M. Schefner (1981). Fundamentals of sensation and perception. London: Addison-Wesley.
     ■ Lewis, C. I. (1946). An analysis of knowledge and valuation. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.
     ■ Lighthill, J. (1972). A report on artificial intelligence. Unpublished manuscript, Science Research Council.
     ■ Lipman, M., A. M. Sharp & F. S. Oscanyan (1980). Philosophy in the classroom. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.
     ■ Lippmann, W. (1965). Public opinion. New York: Free Press. (Originally published in 1922.)
     ■ Locke, J. (1956). An essay concerning human understanding. Chicago: Henry Regnery Co. (Originally published in 1690.)
     ■ Locke, J. (1975). An essay concerning human understanding. P. H. Nidditch (Ed.). Oxford: Clarendon. (Originally published in 1690.) (With spelling and punctuation modernized and some minor modifications of phrasing.)
     ■ Lopate, P. (1994). The art of the personal essay. New York: Doubleday/Anchor Books.
     ■ Lorimer, F. (1929). The growth of reason. London: Kegan Paul. Machlup, F., & U. Mansfield (Eds.) (1983). The study of information. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Manguel, A. (1996). A history of reading. New York: Viking.
     ■ Margolis, H. (1987). Patterns, thinking, and cognition. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
     ■ Markey, J. F. (1928). The symbolic process. London: Kegan Paul.
     ■ Martin, R. M. (1969). On Ziff's "Natural and formal languages." In S. Hook (Ed.), Language and philosophy: A symposium (pp. 249-263). New York: New York University Press.
     ■ Mazlish, B. (1993). The fourth discontinuity: the co- evolution of humans and machines. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ McCarthy, J., & P. J. Hayes (1969). Some philosophical problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence. In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence 4. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
     ■ McClelland, J. L., D. E. Rumelhart & G. E. Hinton (1986). The appeal of parallel distributed processing. In D. E. Rumelhart, J. L. McClelland & the PDP Research Group (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the mi crostructure of cognition (Vol. 1, pp. 3-40). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/ Bradford Books.
     ■ McCorduck, P. (1979). Machines who think. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ McLaughlin, T. (1970). Music and communication. London: Faber & Faber.
     ■ Mednick, S. A. (1962). The associative basis of the creative process. Psychological Review 69, 431-436.
     ■ Meehl, P. E., & C. J. Golden (1982). Taxometric methods. In Kendall, P. C., & Butcher, J. N. (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in clinical psychology (pp. 127-182). New York: Wiley.
     ■ Mehler, J., E.C.T. Walker & M. Garrett (Eds.) (1982). Perspectives on mental rep resentation: Experimental and theoretical studies of cognitive processes and ca pacities. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Mill, J. S. (1900). A system of logic, ratiocinative and inductive: Being a connected view of the principles of evidence and the methods of scientific investigation. London: Longmans, Green.
     ■ Miller, G. A. (1979, June). A very personal history. Talk to the Cognitive Science Workshop, Cambridge, MA.
     ■ Miller, J. (1983). States of mind. New York: Pantheon Books.
     ■ Minsky, M. (1975). A framework for representing knowledge. In P. H. Winston (Ed.), The psychology of computer vision (pp. 211-277). New York: McGrawHill.
     ■ Minsky, M., & S. Papert (1973). Artificial intelligence. Condon Lectures, Oregon State System of Higher Education, Eugene, Oregon.
     ■ Minsky, M. L. (1986). The society of mind. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Mischel, T. (1976). Psychological explanations and their vicissitudes. In J. K. Cole & W. J. Arnold (Eds.), Nebraska Symposium on motivation (Vol. 23). Lincoln, NB: University of Nebraska Press.
     ■ Morford, M.P.O., & R. J. Lenardon (1995). Classical mythology (5th ed.). New York: Longman.
     ■ Murdoch, I. (1954). Under the net. New York: Penguin.
     ■ Nagel, E. (1959). Methodological issues in psychoanalytic theory. In S. Hook (Ed.), Psychoanalysis, scientific method, and philosophy: A symposium. New York: New York University Press.
     ■ Nagel, T. (1979). Mortal questions. London: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Nagel, T. (1986). The view from nowhere. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1967). Cognitive psychology. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1972). Changing conceptions of imagery. In P. W. Sheehan (Ed.), The function and nature of imagery (pp. 233-251). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1976). Cognition and reality. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1978). Memory: What are the important questions? In M. M. Gruneberg, P. E. Morris & R. N. Sykes (Eds.), Practical aspects of memory (pp. 3-24). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Neisser, U. (1979). The concept of intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg & D. K. Detterman (Eds.), Human intelligence: Perspectives on its theory and measurement (pp. 179-190). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
     ■ Nersessian, N. (1992). How do scientists think? Capturing the dynamics of conceptual change in science. In R. N. Giere (Ed.), Cognitive models of science (pp. 3-44). Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
     ■ Newell, A. (1973a). Artificial intelligence and the concept of mind. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language (pp. 1-60). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Newell, A. (1973b). You can't play 20 questions with nature and win. In W. G. Chase (Ed.), Visual information processing (pp. 283-310). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Newell, A., & H. A. Simon (1963). GPS: A program that simulates human thought. In E. A. Feigenbaum & J. Feldman (Eds.), Computers and thought (pp. 279-293). New York & McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Newell, A., & H. A. Simon (1972). Human problem solving. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
     ■ Nietzsche, F. (1966). Beyond good and evil. W. Kaufmann (Trans.). New York: Vintage. (Originally published in 1885.)
     ■ Nilsson, N. J. (1971). Problem- solving methods in artificial intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Nussbaum, M. C. (1978). Aristotle's Princeton University Press. De Motu Anamalium. Princeton, NJ:
     ■ Oersted, H. C. (1920). Thermo-electricity. In Kirstine Meyer (Ed.), H. C. Oersted, Natuurvidenskabelige Skrifter (Vol. 2). Copenhagen: n.p. (Originally published in 1830 in The Edinburgh encyclopaedia.)
     ■ Ong, W. J. (1982). Orality and literacy: The technologizing of the word. London: Methuen.
     ■ Onians, R. B. (1954). The origins of European thought. Cambridge, MA: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Osgood, C. E. (1960). Method and theory in experimental psychology. New York: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1953.)
     ■ Osgood, C. E. (1966). Language universals and psycholinguistics. In J. H. Greenberg (Ed.), Universals of language (2nd ed., pp. 299-322). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Palmer, R. E. (1969). Hermeneutics. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.
     ■ Peirce, C. S. (1934). Some consequences of four incapacities-Man, a sign. In C. Hartsborne & P. Weiss (Eds.), Collected papers of Charles Saunders Peirce (Vol. 5, pp. 185-189). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Penfield, W. (1959). In W. Penfield & L. Roberts, Speech and brain mechanisms. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Penrose, R. (1994). Shadows of the mind: A search for the missing science of conscious ness. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Perkins, D. N. (1981). The mind's best work. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Peterfreund, E. (1986). The heuristic approach to psychoanalytic therapy. In
     ■ J. Reppen (Ed.), Analysts at work, (pp. 127-144). Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press.
     ■ Piaget, J. (1952). The origin of intelligence in children. New York: International Universities Press. (Originally published in 1936.)
     ■ Piaget, J. (1954). Le langage et les opeґrations intellectuelles. Proble` mes de psycho linguistique. Symposium de l'Association de Psychologie Scientifique de Langue Francёaise. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
     ■ Piaget, J. (1977). Problems of equilibration. In H. E. Gruber & J. J. Voneche (Eds.), The essential Piaget (pp. 838-841). London: Routlege & Kegan Paul. (Originally published in 1975 as L'eґquilibration des structures cognitives [Paris: Presses Universitaires de France].)
     ■ Piaget, J., & B. Inhelder. (1973). Memory and intelligence. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Pinker, S. (1994). The language instinct. New York: Morrow.
     ■ Pinker, S. (1996). Facts about human language relevant to its evolution. In J.-P. Changeux & J. Chavaillon (Eds.), Origins of the human brain. A symposium of the Fyssen foundation (pp. 262-283). Oxford: Clarendon Press. Planck, M. (1949). Scientific autobiography and other papers. F. Gaynor (Trans.). New York: Philosophical Library.
     ■ Planck, M. (1990). Wissenschaftliche Selbstbiographie. W. Berg (Ed.). Halle, Germany: Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher Leopoldina.
     ■ Plato (1892). Meno. In The Dialogues of Plato (B. Jowett, Trans.; Vol. 2). New York: Clarendon. (Originally published circa 380 B.C.)
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1913). Mathematical creation. In The foundations of science. G. B. Halsted (Trans.). New York: Science Press.
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1921). The foundations of science: Science and hypothesis, the value of science, science and method. G. B. Halstead (Trans.). New York: Science Press.
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1929). The foundations of science: Science and hypothesis, the value of science, science and method. New York: Science Press.
     ■ Poincareґ, H. (1952). Science and method. F. Maitland (Trans.) New York: Dover.
     ■ Polya, G. (1945). How to solve it. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Polanyi, M. (1958). Personal knowledge. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
     ■ Popper, K. (1968). Conjectures and refutations: The growth of scientific knowledge. New York: Harper & Row/Basic Books.
     ■ Popper, K., & J. Eccles (1977). The self and its brain. New York: Springer-Verlag.
     ■ Popper, K. R. (1959). The logic of scientific discovery. London: Hutchinson.
     ■ Putnam, H. (1975). Mind, language and reality: Philosophical papers (Vol. 2). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Putnam, H. (1987). The faces of realism. LaSalle, IL: Open Court.
     ■ Pylyshyn, Z. W. (1981). The imagery debate: Analog media versus tacit knowledge. In N. Block (Ed.), Imagery (pp. 151-206). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Pylyshyn, Z. W. (1984). Computation and cognition: Towards a foundation for cog nitive science. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Quillian, M. R. (1968). Semantic memory. In M. Minsky (Ed.), Semantic information processing (pp. 216-260). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Quine, W.V.O. (1960). Word and object. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Rabbitt, P.M.A., & S. Dornic (Eds.). Attention and performance (Vol. 5). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Rawlins, G.J.E. (1997). Slaves of the Machine: The quickening of computer technology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.
     ■ Reid, T. (1970). An inquiry into the human mind on the principles of common sense. In R. Brown (Ed.), Between Hume and Mill: An anthology of British philosophy- 1749- 1843 (pp. 151-178). New York: Random House/Modern Library.
     ■ Reitman, W. (1970). What does it take to remember? In D. A. Norman (Ed.), Models of human memory (pp. 470-510). London: Academic Press.
     ■ Ricoeur, P. (1974). Structure and hermeneutics. In D. I. Ihde (Ed.), The conflict of interpretations: Essays in hermeneutics (pp. 27-61). Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.
     ■ Robinson, D. N. (1986). An intellectual history of psychology. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
     ■ Rorty, R. (1979). Philosophy and the mirror of nature. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
     ■ Rosch, E. (1977). Human categorization. In N. Warren (Ed.), Studies in cross cultural psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 1-49) London: Academic Press.
     ■ Rosch, E. (1978). Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization (pp. 27-48). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Rosch, E., & B. B. Lloyd (1978). Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch & B. B. Lloyd (Eds.), Cognition and categorization. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Rose, S. (1970). The chemistry of life. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
     ■ Rose, S. (1976). The conscious brain (updated ed.). New York: Random House.
     ■ Rose, S. (1993). The making of memory: From molecules to mind. New York: Anchor Books. (Originally published in 1992)
     ■ Roszak, T. (1994). The cult of information: A neo- Luddite treatise on high- tech, artificial intelligence, and the true art of thinking (2nd ed.). Berkeley: University of California Press.
     ■ Royce, J. R., & W. W. Rozeboom (Eds.) (1972). The psychology of knowing. New York: Gordon & Breach.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E. (1977). Introduction to human information processing. New York: Wiley.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E. (1980). Schemata: The building blocks of cognition. In R. J. Spiro, B. Bruce & W. F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in reading comprehension. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E., & J. L. McClelland (1986). On learning the past tenses of English verbs. In J. L. McClelland & D. E. Rumelhart (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the microstructure of cognition (Vol. 2). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Rumelhart, D. E., P. Smolensky, J. L. McClelland & G. E. Hinton (1986). Schemata and sequential thought processes in PDP models. In J. L. McClelland, D. E. Rumelhart & the PDP Research Group (Eds.), Parallel Distributed Processing (Vol. 2, pp. 7-57). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Russell, B. (1927). An outline of philosophy. London: G. Allen & Unwin.
     ■ Russell, B. (1961). History of Western philosophy. London: George Allen & Unwin.
     ■ Russell, B. (1965). How I write. In Portraits from memory and other essays. London: Allen & Unwin.
     ■ Russell, B. (1992). In N. Griffin (Ed.), The selected letters of Bertrand Russell (Vol. 1), The private years, 1884- 1914. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Ryecroft, C. (1966). Psychoanalysis observed. London: Constable.
     ■ Sagan, C. (1978). The dragons of Eden: Speculations on the evolution of human intel ligence. New York: Ballantine Books.
     ■ Salthouse, T. A. (1992). Expertise as the circumvention of human processing limitations. In K. A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise: Prospects and limits (pp. 172-194). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Sanford, A. J. (1987). The mind of man: Models of human understanding. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ Sapir, E. (1921). Language. New York: Harcourt, Brace, and World.
     ■ Sapir, E. (1964). Culture, language, and personality. Berkeley: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1941.)
     ■ Sapir, E. (1985). The status of linguistics as a science. In D. G. Mandelbaum (Ed.), Selected writings of Edward Sapir in language, culture and personality (pp. 160166). Berkeley: University of California Press. (Originally published in 1929).
     ■ Scardmalia, M., & C. Bereiter (1992). Literate expertise. In K. A. Ericsson & J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise: Prospects and limits (pp. 172-194). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Schafer, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in Rorschach testing. New York: Grune & Stratten.
     ■ Schank, R. C. (1973). Identification of conceptualizations underlying natural language. In R. C. Schank & K. M. Colby (Eds.), Computer models of thought and language (pp. 187-248). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Schank, R. C. (1976). The role of memory in language processing. In C. N. Cofer (Ed.), The structure of human memory. (pp. 162-189) San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Schank, R. C. (1986). Explanation patterns: Understanding mechanically and creatively. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Schank, R. C., & R. P. Abelson (1977). Scripts, plans, goals, and understanding. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ SchroЁdinger, E. (1951). Science and humanism. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Searle, J. R. (1981a). Minds, brains, and programs. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design: Philosophy, psychology, artificial intelligence (pp. 282-306). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Searle, J. R. (1981b). Minds, brains and programs. In D. Hofstadter & D. Dennett (Eds.), The mind's I (pp. 353-373). New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Searle, J. R. (1983). Intentionality. New York: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Serres, M. (1982). The origin of language: Biology, information theory, and thermodynamics. M. Anderson (Trans.). In J. V. Harari & D. F. Bell (Eds.), Hermes: Literature, science, philosophy (pp. 71-83). Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
     ■ Simon, H. A. (1966). Scientific discovery and the psychology of problem solving. In R. G. Colodny (Ed.), Mind and cosmos: Essays in contemporary science and philosophy (pp. 22-40). Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.
     ■ Simon, H. A. (1979). Models of thought. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
     ■ Simon, H. A. (1989). The scientist as a problem solver. In D. Klahr & K. Kotovsky (Eds.), Complex information processing: The impact of Herbert Simon. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Simon, H. A., & C. Kaplan (1989). Foundations of cognitive science. In M. Posner (Ed.), Foundations of cognitive science (pp. 1-47). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Simonton, D. K. (1988). Creativity, leadership and chance. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Skinner, B. F. (1974). About behaviorism. New York: Knopf.
     ■ Smith, E. E. (1988). Concepts and thought. In J. Sternberg & E. E. Smith (Eds.), The psychology of human thought (pp. 19-49). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Smith, E. E. (1990). Thinking: Introduction. In D. N. Osherson & E. E. Smith (Eds.), Thinking. An invitation to cognitive science. (Vol. 3, pp. 1-2). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Socrates. (1958). Meno. In E. H. Warmington & P. O. Rouse (Eds.), Great dialogues of Plato W.H.D. Rouse (Trans.). New York: New American Library. (Original publication date unknown.)
     ■ Solso, R. L. (1974). Theories of retrieval. In R. L. Solso (Ed.), Theories in cognitive psychology. Potomac, MD: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Spencer, H. (1896). The principles of psychology. New York: Appleton-CenturyCrofts.
     ■ Steiner, G. (1975). After Babel: Aspects of language and translation. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Sternberg, R. J. (1977). Intelligence, information processing, and analogical reasoning. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
     ■ Sternberg, R. J. (1994). Intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg, Thinking and problem solving. San Diego: Academic Press.
     ■ Sternberg, R. J., & J. E. Davidson (1985). Cognitive development in gifted and talented. In F. D. Horowitz & M. O'Brien (Eds.), The gifted and talented (pp. 103-135). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
     ■ Storr, A. (1993). The dynamics of creation. New York: Ballantine Books. (Originally published in 1972.)
     ■ Stumpf, S. E. (1994). Philosophy: History and problems (5th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.
     ■ Sulloway, F. J. (1996). Born to rebel: Birth order, family dynamics, and creative lives. New York: Random House/Vintage Books.
     ■ Thorndike, E. L. (1906). Principles of teaching. New York: A. G. Seiler.
     ■ Thorndike, E. L. (1970). Animal intelligence: Experimental studies. Darien, CT: Hafner Publishing Co. (Originally published in 1911.)
     ■ Titchener, E. B. (1910). A textbook of psychology. New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Titchener, E. B. (1914). A primer of psychology. New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Toulmin, S. (1957). The philosophy of science. London: Hutchinson.
     ■ Tulving, E. (1972). Episodic and semantic memory. In E. Tulving & W. Donaldson (Eds.), Organisation of memory. London: Academic Press.
     ■ Turing, A. (1946). In B. E. Carpenter & R. W. Doran (Eds.), ACE reports of 1946 and other papers. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Turkle, S. (1984). Computers and the second self: Computers and the human spirit. New York: Simon & Schuster.
     ■ Tyler, S. A. (1978). The said and the unsaid: Mind, meaning, and culture. New York: Academic Press.
     ■ van Heijenoort (Ed.) (1967). From Frege to Goedel. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Varela, F. J. (1984). The creative circle: Sketches on the natural history of circularity. In P. Watzlawick (Ed.), The invented reality (pp. 309-324). New York: W. W. Norton.
     ■ Voltaire (1961). On the Penseґs of M. Pascal. In Philosophical letters (pp. 119-146). E. Dilworth (Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1997a). Cognitive science and the symbolic operations of human and artificial intelligence: Theory and research into the intellective processes. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1997b). The general unified theory of intelligence: Central conceptions and specific application to domains of cognitive science. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1998a). Cognitive science and the mind- body problem: From philosophy to psychology to artificial intelligence to imaging of the brain. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wagman, M. (1999). The human mind according to artificial intelligence: Theory, re search, and implications. Westport, CT: Praeger.
     ■ Wall, R. (1972). Introduction to mathematical linguistics. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
     ■ Wallas, G. (1926). The Art of Thought. New York: Harcourt, Brace & Co.
     ■ Wason, P. (1977). Self contradictions. In P. Johnson-Laird & P. Wason (Eds.), Thinking: Readings in cognitive science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
     ■ Wason, P. C., & P. N. Johnson-Laird. (1972). Psychology of reasoning: Structure and content. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
     ■ Watson, J. (1930). Behaviorism. New York: W. W. Norton.
     ■ Watzlawick, P. (1984). Epilogue. In P. Watzlawick (Ed.), The invented reality. New York: W. W. Norton, 1984.
     ■ Weinberg, S. (1977). The first three minutes: A modern view of the origin of the uni verse. New York: Basic Books.
     ■ Weisberg, R. W. (1986). Creativity: Genius and other myths. New York: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Weizenbaum, J. (1976). Computer power and human reason: From judgment to cal culation. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.
     ■ Wertheimer, M. (1945). Productive thinking. New York: Harper & Bros.
     ■ Whitehead, A. N. (1925). Science and the modern world. New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Whorf, B. L. (1956). In J. B. Carroll (Ed.), Language, thought and reality: Selected writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Whyte, L. L. (1962). The unconscious before Freud. New York: Anchor Books.
     ■ Wiener, N. (1954). The human use of human beings. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
     ■ Wiener, N. (1964). God & Golem, Inc.: A comment on certain points where cybernetics impinges on religion. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Winograd, T. (1972). Understanding natural language. New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Winston, P. H. (1987). Artificial intelligence: A perspective. In E. L. Grimson & R. S. Patil (Eds.), AI in the 1980s and beyond (pp. 1-12). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
     ■ Winston, P. H. (Ed.) (1975). The psychology of computer vision. New York: McGrawHill.
     ■ Wittgenstein, L. (1953). Philosophical investigations. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
     ■ Wittgenstein, L. (1958). The blue and brown books. New York: Harper Colophon.
     ■ Woods, W. A. (1975). What's in a link: Foundations for semantic networks. In D. G. Bobrow & A. Collins (Eds.), Representations and understanding: Studies in cognitive science (pp. 35-84). New York: Academic Press.
     ■ Woodworth, R. S. (1938). Experimental psychology. New York: Holt; London: Methuen (1939).
     ■ Wundt, W. (1904). Principles of physiological psychology (Vol. 1). E. B. Titchener (Trans.). New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Wundt, W. (1907). Lectures on human and animal psychology. J. E. Creighton & E. B. Titchener (Trans.). New York: Macmillan.
     ■ Young, J. Z. (1978). Programs of the brain. New York: Oxford University Press.
     ■ Ziman, J. (1978). Reliable knowledge: An exploration of the grounds for belief in science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Bibliography

  • 93 oratio

    I.
    In gen., the connection of words to express thought:

    non est autem in verbo modus hic, sed in oratione, id est, in continuatione verborum,

    Cic. 3, 42, 167.
    1.
    Speech, the power or faculty of speech, the habit or use of language:

    quae (ferae) sunt rationis et orationis expertes,

    Cic. Off. 1, 16, 50:

    natura vi rationis hominem conciliat homini et ad orationis et ad vitae societatem,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 12.—
    2.
    Speech, language, utterance; opp. to fact, action, etc.:

    lenitudo orationis, mollitudo corporis,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 16, 46:

    idque videns Epicurus re tollit, oratione relinquit deos,

    id. N. D. 1, 44, 123:

    qui sunt leves locutores... eorum orationem bene existimatum est in ore nasci, non in pectore,

    Gell. 1, 15, 1:

    nam quid te igitur rettulit beneficum esse oratione, si ad rem auxilium emortuum est,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 19:

    ut in vitā, sic in oratione, nihil est difficilius quam quid deceat videre,

    Cic. Or. 21, 70: qualis homo ipse esset, talem ejus esse orationem;

    orationi autem facta similia, factis vitam,

    id. Tusc. 5, 16, 47:

    partes igitur orationis secundum dialecticos duae, nomen et verbum,

    parts of speech, Prisc. 2, 4, 15.—
    3.
    Hence, a mode of speaking; a kind, manner, style of speech; language:

    quin tu istanc orationem hinc veterem atque antiquam amoves. Nam proletario sermone nunc utere,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 155: nam opulenti cum loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, eadem dicta eademque oratio aequa non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4, 3: quam tibi ex ore orationem duriter dictis dedit, id. ap. Non. p. 512, 8:

    aliam nunc mihi orationem despoliato praedicas,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 52: Creta est profecto horum hominum oratio, quam orationem [p. 1275] hanc aures dulce devorant, id. Poen. 5, 2, 9:

    (Andria et Perinthia) non ita sunt dissimili argumento, sed tamen Dissimili oratione,

    Ter. And. prol. 11.—Esp. (in gram.): oratio obliqua, indirect speech, the use of dependent clauses in citing the language of others:

    quam (orationem) obliquam Pompeius Trogus exposuit (opp. to conciones directae),

    Just. 38, 3, 11.—Hence,
    4.
    Mode of speech, language, use of language, style:

    mollis est enim oratio philosophorum,

    Cic. Or. 19, 64:

    (fabulae) tenui oratione et scripturā levi,

    Ter. Phorm. prol. 5:

    ut Stoicorum est astrictior oratio aliquantoque contractior, quam aures populi requirunt, sic illorum (Peripateticorum) liberior et latior, quam patitur consuetudo judiciorum et fori,

    Cic. Brut. 31, 120:

    orationem Latinam efficies profecto legendis nostris pleniorem,

    id. Off. 1, 1, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 1.—
    5.
    Esp., the language of any people or nation:

    Timaeus in historiis quas oratione Graecā composuit,

    Gell. 11, 1, 1:

    semper cum Graecis Latina (exempla) conjunxi... ut par sis in utriusque orationis facultate,

    Cic. Off. 1, 1, 1.—
    II.
    In partic., formal language, artificial discourse, set speech (opp. to sermo, ordinary speech, conversational language):

    mollis est oratio philosophorum et umbratilis, nec verbis instructa popularibus nec vincta numeris, sed soluta liberius: itaque sermo potiusquam oratio dicitur. Quamquam enim omnis locutio oratio est, tamen unius oratoris locutio hoc proprio dignata nomine est,

    Cic. Or. 19, 64; cf.:

    et quoniam magna vis orationis est eaque duplex, altera contentionis, altera sermonis, contentio disceptationibus tribuatur judiciorum, contionum, senatus, sermo in circulis, disputationibus, congressionibus familiarium versetur, sequatur etiam convivia,

    id. Off. 1, 37, 132.—Hence,
    B.
    A set speech, harangue, discourse, oration:

    (oratio) ut gravis, ut suavis, ut erudita sit, ut liberalis, ut polita, ut sensus, ut doloris habeat quantum opus sit, non est singulorum articulorum: in toto spectantur haec corpore, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 25, 96; cf.

    the context: illam orationem disertam sibi et oratoriam videri, fortem et virilem non videri,

    id. ib. 1, 54, 231:

    hanc habere orationem mecum principio institit,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 21:

    pleraeque scribuntur orationes habitae jam, non ut habeantur,

    Cic. Brut. 24, 91:

    non est haec oratio habenda apud imperitam multitudinem,

    id. Mur. 29, 61:

    ignarus faciundae ac poliendae orationis,

    id. de Or. 1, 14, 63:

    in orationibus hisce ipsis judiciorum, contionum, senatus,

    id. ib. 1, 16, 73:

    quanta illa, di immortales, fuit gravitas, quanta in oratione majestas! sed adfuistis, et est in manibus oratio,

    id. Lael. 25, 96:

    qui orationem adversus rem publicam habuissent, eorum bona in publicum adducebat,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 18, 5:

    ab adulescentiā confecit orationes,

    Nep. Cat. 3, 3:

    Catonis aliae acerbae orationes extant, etc.,

    Liv. 39, 42, 6:

    oratio plebi acceptior,

    id. 3, 69:

    accurata et polita,

    Cic. Brut. 95, 326:

    longa,

    Liv. 34, 5:

    acris et vehemens,

    Quint. 5, 13, 25:

    admirabilis,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 25, 94:

    angusta et concisa, opp. collata et diffusa,

    id. Or. 56, 187:

    aspera, tristis, horrida, neque perfecta neque conclusa, opp. laevis et structa et terminata,

    id. ib. 5, 20:

    circumcisa et brevis,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 4:

    rotunda et undique circumcisa,

    Quint. 8, 5, 27:

    cohaerens,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 44, 173:

    concinna,

    id. ib. 3, 25, 98:

    stabilis, opp. volubilis,

    id. Or. 56, 187.—
    III.
    Transf.
    A.
    The power of oratory, eloquence:

    tantam vim habet illa, quae recte a bono poëtā dicta est, flexamina atque omnium regina rerum oratio, ut non modo inclinantem excipere aut stantem inclinare, sed etiam adversantem ac repugnantem ut imperator fortis ac bonus capere possit,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 44, 187:

    satis in eo fuisse orationis atque ingenii,

    id. Brut. 45, 165:

    non enim verendum est ne te in tam bonā causā deficiat oratio,

    Lact. 2, 3.—
    B.
    Prose (opp. to poetry):

    et in poëmatis et in oratione,

    Cic. Or. 21, 70.—
    C.
    (In gram.) A sentence, a clause expressing a complete sense:

    oratio est ordinatio dictionum congrua sententiam perfectam demonstrans,

    Prisc. 2, 4, 15:

    oratio dicitur liber rhetoricus, necnon unaquaeque dictio hoc saepe nomine nuncupatur cum plenam ostendit sententiam,

    id. ib.: defectio litterae, et syllabae, et dictionis, et orationis, id. 17, 1, 5.—
    D.
    (Under the empire.) An imperial message, rescript:

    orationes ad senatum missae,

    Suet. Ner. 15:

    oratio principis per quaestorem ejus audita est,

    Tac. A. 16, 27:

    orationesque in senatu recitaret etiam quaestoris vice,

    Suet. Tit. 6; cf. id. Aug. 65.—
    E.
    A prayer, an address to the Deity (eccl. Lat.):

    respice ad orationem servi tui,

    Vulg. 3 Reg. 8, 28:

    per orationes Dominum rogantes,

    id. 2 Macc. 10, 16:

    pernoctans in oratione Dei,

    id. Luc. 6, 12.—Also absol., prayer, the habit or practice of prayer:

    perseverantes in oratione,

    Vulg. Act. 1, 14:

    orationi instate,

    id. Col. 4, 2; cf. Gell. 13, 22, 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > oratio

  • 94 Ausdrucksweise

    f way of expressing o.s., wording; (Stil) style, diction; weitS. language; was hast du denn für eine Ausdrucksweise! what sort of language is that (to use)!
    * * *
    die Ausdrucksweise
    parlance; style; phraseology
    * * *
    Aus|drucks|wei|se
    f
    way of expressing oneself, mode of expression

    was ist denn das für eine Áúsdrucksweise! — what sort of language is that to use!

    * * *
    die
    1) (the manner of speaking: Her diction is always very clear.) diction
    2) (the expressions of a language in general: English idiom.) idiom
    3) (the manner of putting words and phrases together to express oneself: His phraseology shows that he is a foreigner.) phraseology
    4) (phraseology.) phrasing
    * * *
    Aus·drucks·wei·se
    f mode of expression, way of expressing oneself
    was ist denn das für eine \Ausdrucksweise! what sort [or kind] of language is that [to use]?
    sich akk einer anständigen \Ausdrucksweise befleißigen to use decent language
    * * *
    die way of expressing oneself
    * * *
    Ausdrucksweise f way of expressing o.s., wording; (Stil) style, diction; weitS. language;
    was hast du denn für eine Ausdrucksweise! what sort of language is that (to use)!
    * * *
    die way of expressing oneself
    * * *
    f.
    diction n.
    idiom n.
    literary style n.
    parlance n.
    phraseology n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Ausdrucksweise

  • 95 gehoben

    I P.P. heben
    II Adj.
    1. Stellung: high, senior; der gehobene Dienst the higher levels Pl. (Am. grades Pl.) of the Civil Service
    2. Stil: elevated; gehobene Ansprüche expensive tastes; Güter des gehobenen Bedarfs WIRTS. luxuries and semi-luxuries
    3. gehobene Stimmung high spirits Pl.
    * * *
    (Position) high;
    (Stil) elevated
    * * *
    ge|ho|ben [gə'hoːbn] ptp von heben
    1. adj
    Sprache, Ausdrucksweise elevated, lofty; (= anspruchsvoll) Ausstattung, Unterhaltungsprogramm sophisticated; Stellung senior, high; Stimmung elated; Ansprüche high; Mittelschicht upper

    ein Hotel der gehóbenen Kategorie — a luxury hotel

    Güter des gehóbenen Bedarfs — semi-luxuries

    gehóbener Dienst — professional and executive levels of the civil service

    2. adv

    sich gehóben ausdrücken — to use elevated language

    * * *
    (high in rank, position etc; noble; important.) exalted
    * * *
    ge·ho·ben
    [gəˈho:bn̩]
    II. adj
    1. LING elevated, refined
    sich akk \gehoben ausdrücken to use elevated language
    2. (anspruchsvoll) sophisticated, refined
    3. (höher) senior
    4. (froh) festive
    in \gehobener Stimmung sein to be in a festive mood [or high spirits]
    * * *
    1.
    2. Part. v. heben
    2.

    der gehobene Dienst — the higher [levels of the] Civil Service

    3) (gewählt) elevated, refined <language, expression>
    4) (feierlich) festive < mood>
    3.

    sich gehoben ausdrücken — use elevated or refined language

    * * *
    A. pperf → heben
    B. adj
    1. Stellung: high, senior;
    der gehobene Dienst the higher levels pl (US grades pl) of the Civil Service
    2. Stil: elevated;
    gehobene Ansprüche expensive tastes;
    Güter des gehobenen Bedarfs WIRTSCH luxuries and semi-luxuries
    3.
    gehobene Stimmung high spirits pl
    * * *
    1.
    2. Part. v. heben
    2.
    1) higher < income>; senior < position>

    der gehobene Dienst — the higher [levels of the] Civil Service

    3) (gewählt) elevated, refined <language, expression>
    4) (feierlich) festive < mood>
    3.

    sich gehoben ausdrücken — use elevated or refined language

    * * *
    p.p.
    hewn p.p.
    lifted p.p.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > gehoben

  • 96 sign

    1. noun
    1) (symbol, gesture, signal, mark) Zeichen, das
    2) (Astrol.)

    sign [of the zodiac] — [Tierkreis]zeichen, das; Sternzeichen, das

    what sign are you? — welches Tierkreiszeichen od. Sternzeichen bist du?

    3) (notice) Schild, das

    [direction] sign — Wegweiser, der

    [advertising] sign — Reklameschild, das; Reklame, die; (illuminated, flashing) Leuchtreklame, die

    danger sign — (lit. or fig.) Gefahrenzeichen, das

    4) (outside shop etc.) see academic.ru/67219/signboard">signboard
    5) (indication) Zeichen, das; (of future event) Anzeichen, das

    there is little/no/every sign of something/that... — wenig/nichts/alles deutet auf etwas (Akk.) hin od. deutet darauf hin, dass...

    show [no] signs of fatigue/strain/improvement — etc. [keine] Anzeichen der Müdigkeit / Anstrengung / Besserung usw. zeigen od. erkennen lassen

    the carpet showed little/ some sign[s] of wear — der Teppich wirkte kaum/etwas abgenutzt

    as a sign of — als Zeichen (+ Gen.)

    at the first or slightest sign of something — schon beim geringsten Anzeichen von etwas

    there was no sign of him/the car anywhere — er/der Wagen war nirgends zu sehen

    2. transitive verb
    1) (write one's name etc. on) unterschreiben; [Künstler, Autor:] signieren [Werk]
    2)

    sign one's name — [mit seinem Namen] unterschreiben

    sign oneself R. A. Smith — mit R. A. Smith unterschreiben

    3. intransitive verb
    (write one's name) unterschreiben

    sign for something — (acknowledge receipt of something) den Empfang einer Sache (Gen.) bestätigen

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) (a mark used to mean something; a symbol: is the sign for addition.) das Zeichen
    2) (a notice set up to give information (a shopkeeper's name, the direction of a town etc) to the public: road-sign.) das Schild
    3) (a movement (eg a nod, wave of the hand) used to mean or represent something: He made a sign to me to keep still.) das Zeichen
    4) (a piece of evidence suggesting that something is present or about to come: There were no signs of life at the house and he was afraid they were away; Clouds are often a sign of rain.) das Anzeichen
    2. verb
    1) (to write one's name (on): Sign at the bottom, please.) unterschreiben
    2) (to write (one's name) on a letter, document etc: He signed his name on the document.) unterschreiben
    3) (to make a movement of the head, hand etc in order to show one's meaning: She signed to me to say nothing.) bedeuten mit
    •
    - signboard
    - signpost
    - sign in/out
    - sign up
    * * *
    [saɪn]
    I. n
    1. (gesture) Zeichen nt
    to make the \sign of the cross sich akk bekreuzigen
    a rude \sign eine unverschämte Geste
    to give/make a \sign to sb jdm ein Zeichen geben/machen
    2. (notice) [Straßen-/Verkehrs]schild nt; (signboard) Schild nt; (for shop) Ladenschild nt
    danger \sign Gefahrenschild nt
    stop \sign Stoppschild nt
    3. (symbol) Zeichen nt, Symbol nt
    plus \sign Pluszeichen nt
    4. (polarity sign) Vorzeichen nt
    5. ASTROL (of the zodiac) Sternzeichen nt
    the \sign of Leo das Sternzeichen des Löwen
    6. (indication) [An]zeichen nt; (from God) Zeichen nt
    the children's restlessness is a \sign that they're getting bored die Unruhe der Kinder ist ein Zeichen dafür, dass ihnen langweilig wird; (trace) Spur f; of an animal Fährte f
    the search team could not find any \sign of the climbers die Suchmannschaft konnte keine Spur der Kletterer finden
    the least [or slightest] \sign of confidence das geringste Anzeichen von Vertrauen
    \sign of life Lebenszeichen nt
    a \sign of the times ein Zeichen nt der Zeit
    a sure \sign of sth ein sicheres Zeichen für etw akk
    to read the \signs die Zeichen erkennen
    to show \signs of improvement Anzeichen der Besserung erkennen lassen [o zeigen
    7. no pl (sign language) Gebärdensprache f
    8. (in maths) Zeichen nt
    II. vt
    1. (with signature)
    ▪ to \sign sth etw unterschreiben; contract, document etw unterzeichnen; book, painting etw signieren
    he \signed himself ‘Mark Taylor’ er unterschrieb mit ‚Mark Taylor‘
    \sign your name on the dotted line unterschreiben Sie auf der gestrichelten Linie
    to \sign a guest book sich akk ins Gästebuch eintragen
    to \sign a ceasefire einen Waffenstillstand unterzeichnen
    to \sign a cheque einen Scheck unterzeichnen
    to \sign a letter einen Brief unterschreiben [o form unterzeichnen]
    to \sign a register sich akk eintragen
    2. (employ under contract)
    ▪ to \sign sb athlete, musician jdn [vertraglich] verpflichten
    ▪ to \sign sb to do sth jdm ein Zeichen machen, etw zu tun
    he \signed the waiter to bring him another drink er machte dem Kellner ein Zeichen, ihm noch einen Drink zu bringen
    4. (in sign language)
    ▪ to \sign sth etw in der Gebärdensprache ausdrücken
    5.
    ▶ to \sign one's own death warrant ( fam) sein eigenes Todesurteil unterschreiben
    ▶ \signed, sealed and delivered unter Dach und Fach
    III. vi
    1. (write signature) unterschreiben
    \sign here, please unterschreiben Sie bitte hier
    ▪ to \sign for [or with] sb/sth athlete, musician sich akk für jdn/etw [vertraglich] verpflichten
    2. (accept)
    to \sign for a delivery eine Lieferung gegenzeichnen
    3. (use sign language) die Zeichensprache benutzen [o ÖSTERR, SCHWEIZ benützen
    4. (make motion) gestikulieren
    ▪ to \sign to sb jdm ein Zeichen geben
    5. COMPUT (log in) unterschreiben
    * * *
    [saɪn]
    1. n
    1) (with hand etc) Zeichen nt

    he nodded as a sign of recognition —

    he gave or made me a sign to stay — er gab mir durch ein Zeichen zu verstehen, ich solle bleiben

    2) (= indication MED) Anzeichen nt (of für, +gen); (= evidence) Zeichen nt (of von, +gen); (= trace) Spur f

    a sure/good/bad sign — ein sicheres/gutes/schlechtes Zeichen

    it's a sign of the times — es ist ein Zeichen unserer Zeit

    at the slightest/first sign of disagreement — beim geringsten/ersten Anzeichen von Uneinigkeit

    there is no sign of their agreeing — nichts deutet darauf hin, dass sie zustimmen werden

    he shows signs of doing it — es sieht so aus, als ob er es tun würde

    the rain showed no sign(s) of stopping — nichts deutete darauf hin, dass der Regen aufhören würde

    he gave no sign of having heard — er ließ nicht erkennen, ob er es gehört hatte

    there was no sign of him/the book anywhere — von ihm/von dem Buch war keine Spur zu sehen

    3) (= road sign, inn sign, shop sign) Schild nt
    4) (= written symbol) Zeichen nt; (= Math) Vorzeichen nt; (ASTRON, ASTROL) (Tierkreis)zeichen nt
    2. vt
    1)

    he signs himself J.G. Jones — er unterschreibt mit J. G. Jones

    2) letter, contract, cheque unterschreiben, unterzeichnen (form); picture, book signieren

    to sign the guest book — sich ins Gästebuch eintragen

    signed, sealed and delivered — unter Dach und Fach, fix und fertig (inf)

    3) football player etc unter Vertrag nehmen, einstellen
    4) (= use sign language in) programme, performance in die Gebärdensprache übersetzen
    3. vi
    1)

    (= signal) to sign to sb to do sth — jdm ein Zeichen geben, etw zu tun

    2) (with signature) unterschreiben

    Fellows has just signed for United — Fellows hat gerade bei United unterschrieben

    3) (= use sign language) die Gebärdensprache benutzen
    * * *
    sign [saın]
    A s
    1. a) Zeichen n, Symbol n (beide auch fig)
    b) auch sign of the cross REL Kreuzzeichen n:
    in ( oder as a) sign of zum Zeichen (gen)
    2. (Schrift)Zeichen n
    3. MATH, MUS (Vor)Zeichen n ( auch IT)
    4. Zeichen n, Wink m:
    give sb a sign, make a sign to sb jemandem ein Zeichen geben
    5. Zeichen n, Signal n
    6. Anzeichen n, Symptom n ( auch MED):
    signs of fatigue Ermüdungserscheinungen;
    a sign of illness ein Krankheitszeichen;
    give no sign of life kein Lebenszeichen von sich geben;
    show only faint signs of life nur schwache Lebenszeichen von sich geben;
    make no sign sich nicht rühren;
    the signs of the times die Zeichen der Zeit;
    there was not a sign of him von ihm war (noch) nichts zu sehen;
    all the signs are that … alles deutet darauf hin, dass …
    7. Kennzeichen n
    8. (Verkehrs- etc) Schild n, (-)Zeichen n
    9. ASTROL (Stern-, Tierkreis) Zeichen n: → zodiac
    10. besonders BIBEL (Wunder)Zeichen n:
    signs and wonders Zeichen und Wunder
    11. US Spur f ( auch JAGD)
    B v/t
    1. a) unterzeichnen, -schreiben, auch MAL, TYPO signieren:
    signed, sealed, and delivered (ordnungsgemäß) unterschrieben und ausgefertigt; → autograph A 1
    b) sich eintragen in (akk):
    sign the visitors’ book
    2. mit seinem Namen unterzeichnen
    3. sign away Eigentum etc übertragen, -schreiben, abtreten
    4. auch sign on ( oder up) (vertraglich) verpflichten, unter Vertrag nehmen (beide a. SPORT), anstellen, SCHIFF anheuern
    5. REL das Kreuzzeichen machen über (akk oder dat), segnen
    6. jemandem bedeuten ( to do zu tun), jemandem seine Zustimmung etc (durch Zeichen oder Gebärden) zu verstehen geben
    C v/i
    1. unterschreiben, -zeichnen:
    she brought him a letter to sign sie brachte ihm einen Brief zur Unterschrift;
    sign for den Empfang (gen) (durch seine Unterschrift) bestätigen; → dot2 B 1
    2. WIRTSCH zeichnen
    3. Zeichen geben, (zu)winken ( beide:
    to dat)
    4. sign on (off) RADIO, TV sein Programm beginnen (beenden):
    we sign off at 10 o’clock Sendeschluss ist um 22 Uhr
    a) sich (in eine Anwesenheitsliste etc) eintragen,
    b) einstempeln
    6. sign off umg
    a) (seine Rede) schließen,
    b) Schluss machen ( im Brief, a. allg),
    c) sich zurückziehen, aussteigen umg
    a) sich (aus einer Anwesenheitsliste etc) austragen,
    b) ausstempeln
    8. auch sign on ( oder up) sich (vertraglich) verpflichten ( for zu), (eine) Arbeit annehmen, SCHIFF anheuern, MIL sich verpflichten ( for auf 5 Jahre etc):
    the player signed on for two years der Spieler unterschrieb einen Zweijahresvertrag
    9. sign off on US umg einen Plan etc absegnen, genehmigen
    s. abk
    1. second ( seconds pl) s, Sek.
    3. see s.
    5. set
    6. HIST Br shilling ( shillings pl)
    7. sign
    8. signed gez.
    9. singular Sg.
    10. son
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) (symbol, gesture, signal, mark) Zeichen, das
    2) (Astrol.)

    sign [of the zodiac] — [Tierkreis]zeichen, das; Sternzeichen, das

    what sign are you? — welches Tierkreiszeichen od. Sternzeichen bist du?

    3) (notice) Schild, das

    [direction] sign — Wegweiser, der

    [advertising] sign — Reklameschild, das; Reklame, die; (illuminated, flashing) Leuchtreklame, die

    danger sign — (lit. or fig.) Gefahrenzeichen, das

    4) (outside shop etc.) see signboard
    5) (indication) Zeichen, das; (of future event) Anzeichen, das

    there is little/no/every sign of something/that... — wenig/nichts/alles deutet auf etwas (Akk.) hin od. deutet darauf hin, dass...

    show [no] signs of fatigue/strain/improvement — etc. [keine] Anzeichen der Müdigkeit / Anstrengung / Besserung usw. zeigen od. erkennen lassen

    the carpet showed little/ some sign[s] of wear — der Teppich wirkte kaum/etwas abgenutzt

    as a sign of — als Zeichen (+ Gen.)

    at the first or slightest sign of something — schon beim geringsten Anzeichen von etwas

    there was no sign of him/the car anywhere — er/der Wagen war nirgends zu sehen

    2. transitive verb
    1) (write one's name etc. on) unterschreiben; [Künstler, Autor:] signieren [Werk]
    2)

    sign one's name — [mit seinem Namen] unterschreiben

    sign oneself R. A. Smith — mit R. A. Smith unterschreiben

    3. intransitive verb
    (write one's name) unterschreiben

    sign for something — (acknowledge receipt of something) den Empfang einer Sache (Gen.) bestätigen

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    n.
    Hinweistafel f.
    Schild -er n.
    Signum -en (Mathematik) n.
    Symbol -e n.
    Vorzeichen n.
    Wert -e m.
    Zeichen - n. v.
    unterschreiben v.
    unterzeichnen v.

    English-german dictionary > sign

  • 97 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

    Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:
    IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis
    JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association
    SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)
    PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly
    WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)
    PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    \
    О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts
    \
    1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.
    2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.
    3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.
    5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.
    6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.
    7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.
    8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.
    9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.
    10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.
    11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.
    12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.
    15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.
    16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.
    17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.
    18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.
    19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.
    20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.
    21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.
    22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.
    23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.
    24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.
    25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.
    27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.
    28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.
    29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.
    31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.
    32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.
    33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.
    34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.
    36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.
    37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.
    38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.
    39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.
    40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.
    41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).
    42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.
    43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.
    44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.
    45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.
    47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.
    48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.
    49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.
    50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.
    51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.
    52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.
    53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.
    54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.
    55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.
    56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.
    57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.
    58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.
    59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.
    60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.
    61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.
    62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.
    63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.
    64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.
    65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.
    66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.
    67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.
    68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.
    69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.
    70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.
    71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.
    72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.
    73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.
    74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.
    75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.
    76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.
    77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).
    78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.
    79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.
    80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.
    81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.
    82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.
    83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.
    85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.
    86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.
    88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.
    89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.
    90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.
    91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.
    92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.
    93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.
    94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.
    96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.
    98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.
    99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.
    100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.
    101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.
    102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.
    103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.
    104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.
    105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.
    106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.
    107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.
    110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.
    111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.
    112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.
    114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.
    116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.
    117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.
    119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.
    120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.
    121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.
    122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.
    123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.
    125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.
    126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.
    127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.
    128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.
    130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.
    133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.
    134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.
    136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.
    137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.
    140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.
    141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.
    142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.
    143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.
    144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.
    145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.
    147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.
    148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.
    149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.
    151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.
    152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.
    153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.
    154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.
    155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.
    156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.
    157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.
    158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.
    159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.
    161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.
    164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.
    165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.
    166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.
    167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.
    168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.
    170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.
    171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.
    173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.
    174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.
    175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.
    176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.
    177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.
    178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.
    179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.
    180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.
    181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.
    183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.
    184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.
    185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.
    186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.
    187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.
    188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.
    189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.
    190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.
    193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.
    195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.
    196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.
    198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.
    199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.
    200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.
    201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.
    202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.
    203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.
    204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.
    205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.
    207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.
    210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.
    211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.
    212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.
    214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.
    215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.
    216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.
    218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.
    219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.
    220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.
    221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.
    222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.
    223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.
    224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.
    225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.
    227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.
    228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.
    229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.
    230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).
    231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.
    232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.
    233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.
    235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.
    236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.
    237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.
    240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.
    241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.
    242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.
    243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.
    244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).
    245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.
    246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.
    247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.
    248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.
    249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.
    250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.
    251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.
    252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.
    253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.
    254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.
    255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.
    256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.
    257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.
    258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.
    259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.
    260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.
    261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.
    262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.
    263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.
    264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.
    265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.
    266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.
    267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.
    268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.
    271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.
    272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.
    273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.
    274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.
    275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.
    276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.
    277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.
    278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.
    279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.
    280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.
    281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.
    282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.
    283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.
    284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.
    285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.
    286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.
    287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.
    288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.
    289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.
    290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.
    292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.
    293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.
    295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.
    296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.
    297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.
    298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.
    299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.
    300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.
    301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.
    302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.
    303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.
    304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.
    305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.
    306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.
    308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.
    309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.
    311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.
    312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.
    313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.
    314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.
    315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.
    316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.
    317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.
    318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.
    319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.
    320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.
    321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.
    322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.
    323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.
    324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.
    326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.
    327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.
    330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.
    331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.
    332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.
    335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.
    336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.
    337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.
    338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.
    339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).
    341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.
    342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).
    345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.
    346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.
    347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.
    348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.
    349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.
    350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.
    354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.
    355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.
    356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.
    357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.
    358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.
    359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.
    360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.
    366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.
    367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.
    369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.
    371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.
    372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.
    373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.
    374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.
    375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.
    376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.
    377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.
    379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.
    380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.
    381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.
    383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.
    384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.
    385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.
    386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.
    387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.
    390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.
    391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.
    392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).
    396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.
    397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.
    399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.
    401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.
    402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.
    403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.
    404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.
    405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.
    406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.
    407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.
    409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).
    410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.
    411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.
    412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.
    414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.
    415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.
    416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.
    417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.
    418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.
    422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.
    423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.
    424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.
    425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.
    426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).
    427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.
    428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.
    429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.
    432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.
    433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.
    434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.
    435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.
    436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.
    437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.
    438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.
    439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.
    440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.
    441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).
    442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.
    443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.
    444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.
    445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.
    447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.
    449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.
    450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.
    451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.
    458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.
    459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.
    460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.
    461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.
    462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.
    465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.
    466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.
    467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.
    468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.
    471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.
    474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.
    475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.
    476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.
    477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.
    478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.
    479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.
    480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.
    481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.
    482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.
    483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.
    484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.
    485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.
    486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.
    487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).
    488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.
    489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.
    490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.
    491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.
    492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.
    493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.
    494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.
    495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.
    498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.
    499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.
    502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.
    503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.
    504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.
    505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.
    506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.
    507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.
    508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.
    510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.
    511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.
    512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.
    516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.
    517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.
    518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.
    521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.
    522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.
    524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.
    525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.
    526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.
    527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.
    529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.
    530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.
    531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.
    532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.
    533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.
    534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.
    535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.
    536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.
    538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.
    539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.
    540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
    541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.
    544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.
    545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.
    548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.
    549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.
    550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.
    551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.
    552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.
    553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.
    554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.
    555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.
    556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.
    558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.
    560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.
    561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.
    562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.
    564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.
    565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.
    566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.
    567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.
    568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.
    569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.
    570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.
    571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.
    572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.
    573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
    576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.
    577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.
    578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.
    579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.
    580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.
    581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.
    582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.
    585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.
    586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.
    589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.
    590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.
    591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.
    592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.
    593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.
    595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.
    596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.
    597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.
    598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.
    599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.
    600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.
    601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.
    602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.
    604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.
    606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
    607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).
    608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.
    609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.
    610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.
    612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.
    613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.
    614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.
    615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.
    617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.
    618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.
    621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.
    623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.
    626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.
    628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.
    629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.
    631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.
    633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.
    634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.
    635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.
    636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.
    637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.
    638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.
    639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.
    640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.
    642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.
    644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.
    645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.
    646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.
    647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.
    648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.
    649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.
    650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.
    652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.
    653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.
    654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.
    655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.
    656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.
    657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.
    659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.
    661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.
    663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.
    666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.
    667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.
    668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.
    675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.
    676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.
    677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.
    678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.
    679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.
    681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.
    682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.
    684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.
    685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.
    687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.
    688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.
    690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.
    691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.
    692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.
    693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.
    696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.
    697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.
    698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.
    699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.
    700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.
    702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.
    703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.
    704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.
    706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.
    707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.
    708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.
    709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.
    711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.
    712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.
    713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.
    714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.
    715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.
    716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.
    717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.
    718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.
    719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.
    721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.
    722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.
    723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.
    724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.
    725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.
    726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.
    727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.
    728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.
    729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.
    731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).
    733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.
    734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.
    735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.
    736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.
    737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.
    738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.
    739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.
    740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
    742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.
    743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.
    744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.
    745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.
    747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.
    750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.
    752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.
    753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.
    754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.
    755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.
    756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.
    757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.
    759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.
    760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.
    762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.
    763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.
    764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.
    765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.
    766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.
    768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.
    769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.
    770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.
    771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.
    772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.
    773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.
    774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.
    775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.
    776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.
    777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.
    778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.
    779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.
    780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.
    781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.
    782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.
    783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.
    784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.
    785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.
    787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.
    788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.
    789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.
    791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.
    793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.
    794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.
    795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.
    796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.
    797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.
    798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.
    799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.
    800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.
    801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.
    802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.
    803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.
    806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.
    807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.
    808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.
    809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.
    810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.
    812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.
    813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.
    815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.
    816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.
    817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.
    818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.
    819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).
    821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.
    822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.
    825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.
    826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.
    828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.
    829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.
    830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.
    831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.
    832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.
    833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.
    834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.
    835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.
    836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.
    838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.
    839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.
    840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.
    841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.
    842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.
    843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.
    845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.
    848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.
    849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).
    850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.
    852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.
    853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.
    854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.
    855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).
    856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.
    857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.
    858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.
    862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.
    865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.
    866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.
    867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.
    868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.
    869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.
    870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.
    871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.
    872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.
    873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.
    874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.
    876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.
    877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.
    878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.
    879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.
    880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.
    881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.
    882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.
    885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).
    886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.
    887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).
    889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.
    891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.
    894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.
    895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.
    898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.
    899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.
    900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.
    901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.
    902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.
    903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.
    904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

    Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

  • 98 adaptar

    v.
    1 to adapt.
    un modelo adaptado a condiciones desérticas a model adapted to suit desert conditions
    María adaptó el programa a su casa Mary adapted the program to her house.
    Ricardo adaptó el computador Richard adapted=ported his computer.
    2 to adapt (libro, obra de teatro).
    * * *
    1 (acomodar) to adapt
    2 (ajustar) to adjust, fit
    1 (persona) to adapt oneself (a, to); (cosa) to fit, adjust
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=acomodar) to adapt; (=encajar) to fit, make suitable ( para for)
    (=ajustar) to adjust
    2) (Inform) to convert ( para to)
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo <cortinas/vestido> to alter; < habitación> to convert; <pieza/motor> to adapt; (Inf) to convert

    adaptó la obra al or para el cine — he adapted the play for the screen

    2.
    adaptarse v pron to adapt

    adaptarse a algo/+ inf — to adapt to something/-ing

    * * *
    = adapt, customise [customize, -USA], gear (to/toward(s)/for), make + amenable, pitch, bend, fit together, tune, arrange, retrofit, scale, tweak, muck around/about, key + Nombre + to.
    Ex. Order forms A and B can be adapted for local use.
    Ex. The system has to be customised to suit any specific application so that it suits the demands of the microcomputer with which it is being used.
    Ex. Most of the main subject headings lists are geared to the alphabetical subject approach found in dictionary catalogues.
    Ex. This flexibility represents an attempt to make the code amenable to use in a variety of different library environments.
    Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.
    Ex. Each cluster or niche of interests in the end user field will have specific individual needs and innovations will bend information technology to meet them.
    Ex. The narrative may be unfamiliar in its structure so that they are unsure about the way different elements of the story fit together.
    Ex. Just as delivery must be tuned to suit the kind of material chosen, so must the language used to tell a story.
    Ex. A vocal score is a score showing all vocal parts, with accompaniment, if any, arranged for keyboard instrument.
    Ex. This model is attractive both for 'retrofitting' existing software as well as providing flexibility to new systems.
    Ex. To produce a statewide estimate, this framework would need to be scaled to accommodate all public libraries in a particular state.
    Ex. This book offers strategies for high school teachers that provide tools for creating, repairing, and tweaking all the discernible components of teaching.
    Ex. I have looked at the book and mucked around with the database and using switches but can't see a solution.
    Ex. The case study found that children do have the ability to use a classification scheme that is keyed to their developmental level.
    ----
    * adaptar a la música = set to + music.
    * adaptar a las necesidades de = tailor to + the needs of, gear to + the needs of.
    * adaptar a las preferencias de Uno = suit + Posesivo + own preferences.
    * adaptar al cine = adapt to + the screen.
    * adaptar a una aplicación concreta = harness.
    * adaptar a una exigencia = tailor to + requirement.
    * adaptar a una necesidad = time to + need, suit + requirement.
    * adaptar para la pantalla = adapt to + the screen.
    * adaptarse = come to + terms with, morph.
    * adaptarse a = accommodate, comport with, attune to.
    * adaptarse a las circunstancias = suit + circumstances.
    * adaptarse al cambio = accommodate to + change, adapt to + change.
    * adaptarse al entorno = adjust to + environment.
    * adaptarse a los cambios = flow with + the tides.
    * adaptarse a los tiempos = change with + the times, move with + the times, keep up with + the times, adapt to + the times.
    * adaptarse a una aplicación = suit + application.
    * adaptarse a una función = step up to + role.
    * adaptarse a una innovación = meet + development.
    * adaptarse a una necesidad = suit + need.
    * adaptarse a un formato = meet + format.
    * adaptarse a un interés = accommodate + interest.
    * capaz de adaptarse y superar adversidades = resilient.
    * modificar y adaptar = repackage [re-package], repack.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo <cortinas/vestido> to alter; < habitación> to convert; <pieza/motor> to adapt; (Inf) to convert

    adaptó la obra al or para el cine — he adapted the play for the screen

    2.
    adaptarse v pron to adapt

    adaptarse a algo/+ inf — to adapt to something/-ing

    * * *
    = adapt, customise [customize, -USA], gear (to/toward(s)/for), make + amenable, pitch, bend, fit together, tune, arrange, retrofit, scale, tweak, muck around/about, key + Nombre + to.

    Ex: Order forms A and B can be adapted for local use.

    Ex: The system has to be customised to suit any specific application so that it suits the demands of the microcomputer with which it is being used.
    Ex: Most of the main subject headings lists are geared to the alphabetical subject approach found in dictionary catalogues.
    Ex: This flexibility represents an attempt to make the code amenable to use in a variety of different library environments.
    Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.
    Ex: Each cluster or niche of interests in the end user field will have specific individual needs and innovations will bend information technology to meet them.
    Ex: The narrative may be unfamiliar in its structure so that they are unsure about the way different elements of the story fit together.
    Ex: Just as delivery must be tuned to suit the kind of material chosen, so must the language used to tell a story.
    Ex: A vocal score is a score showing all vocal parts, with accompaniment, if any, arranged for keyboard instrument.
    Ex: This model is attractive both for 'retrofitting' existing software as well as providing flexibility to new systems.
    Ex: To produce a statewide estimate, this framework would need to be scaled to accommodate all public libraries in a particular state.
    Ex: This book offers strategies for high school teachers that provide tools for creating, repairing, and tweaking all the discernible components of teaching.
    Ex: I have looked at the book and mucked around with the database and using switches but can't see a solution.
    Ex: The case study found that children do have the ability to use a classification scheme that is keyed to their developmental level.
    * adaptar a la música = set to + music.
    * adaptar a las necesidades de = tailor to + the needs of, gear to + the needs of.
    * adaptar a las preferencias de Uno = suit + Posesivo + own preferences.
    * adaptar al cine = adapt to + the screen.
    * adaptar a una aplicación concreta = harness.
    * adaptar a una exigencia = tailor to + requirement.
    * adaptar a una necesidad = time to + need, suit + requirement.
    * adaptar para la pantalla = adapt to + the screen.
    * adaptarse = come to + terms with, morph.
    * adaptarse a = accommodate, comport with, attune to.
    * adaptarse a las circunstancias = suit + circumstances.
    * adaptarse al cambio = accommodate to + change, adapt to + change.
    * adaptarse al entorno = adjust to + environment.
    * adaptarse a los cambios = flow with + the tides.
    * adaptarse a los tiempos = change with + the times, move with + the times, keep up with + the times, adapt to + the times.
    * adaptarse a una aplicación = suit + application.
    * adaptarse a una función = step up to + role.
    * adaptarse a una innovación = meet + development.
    * adaptarse a una necesidad = suit + need.
    * adaptarse a un formato = meet + format.
    * adaptarse a un interés = accommodate + interest.
    * capaz de adaptarse y superar adversidades = resilient.
    * modificar y adaptar = repackage [re-package], repack.

    * * *
    adaptar [A1 ]
    vt
    1 ‹cortinas/vestido› to alter; ‹habitación› to convert; ‹pieza/motor› to adapt
    adaptaron el dormitorio para usarlo como aula the bedroom was converted into a classroom o for use as a classroom
    adaptó la obra al or para el cine he adapted the play for the screen
    2 ( Inf) to convert
    to adapt adaptar A algo/ + INF to adapt TO sth/ -ING
    hay que saber adaptarse a las circunstancias you have to learn to adapt to circumstances
    un coche que se adapta a cualquier terreno a car which is well suited to any terrain
    no se adapta a vivir sola she can't adapt to living alone
    * * *

     

    adaptar ( conjugate adaptar) verbo transitivo ‹cortinas/vestido› to alter;
    ‹ habitación› to convert;
    ‹pieza/motor› to adapt;
    ‹obra/novela› to adapt;
    (Inf) to convert
    adaptarse verbo pronominal
    to adapt;
    adaptarse a algo/hacer algo to adapt to sth/doing sth;

    adaptar verbo transitivo
    1 to adapt: esa obra de teatro fue adaptada al cine, this play was adapted for the screen
    2 (ajustar) to adjust

    ' adaptar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acomodar
    - escenificar
    English:
    adapt
    - gear
    - suit
    - tailor
    - customize
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [modificar]
    un modelo adaptado a condiciones desérticas a model adapted to suit desert conditions;
    el edificio no ha sido aún adaptado a su nueva función the building still hasn't been modified to suit its new function
    2. [libro, obra de teatro] to adapt (a for);
    adaptó la novela al cine she adapted the novel for film o the screen
    * * *
    v/t adapt
    * * *
    1) modificar: to adapt
    2) : to adjust, to fit
    * * *
    adaptar vb (acomodar) to adapt

    Spanish-English dictionary > adaptar

  • 99 barrera

    f.
    1 barrier.
    poner barreras a algo (figurative) to erect barriers against something, to hinder something
    barreras arancelarias tariff barriers
    barrera del sonido sound barrier
    3 obstacle, hindrance, wall.
    * * *
    1 (gen) barrier
    3 figurado obstacle
    \
    poner barreras to hinder (a, -)
    barrera aduanera customs barrier
    barrera del sonido sound barrier
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=obstáculo) barrier

    contraconcepción o anticonceptivo de barrera — barrier contraception

    barrera aduanera, barrera arancelaria — tariff barrier

    barrera de color — colour o (EEUU) color bar

    este avión supera o traspasa o rompe la barrera del sonido — this plane can break the sound barrier

    barrera racial — colour o (EEUU) color bar

    2) [en carretera] roadblock

    barrera de peaje, barrera de portazgo — toll gate, turnpike

    3) (Ferro) crossing gate
    4) (Taur) (=valla) barrier; (=primera fila) first row
    toro 3)
    5) (Dep) [de jugadores] wall
    6) (Mil) (=barricada) barricade; (=parapeto) parapet
    7) (=impedimento) barrier, obstacle

    poner barreras a algo — to hinder sth, obstruct sth

    * * *

    ha superado la barrera del 10% — it has gone above the 10% mark

    b) (Ferr) barrier, crossing gate
    c) (Taur) ( valla) barrier; ( localidad) front row
    * * *
    = hurdle, wall, barrier, curtain, hindrance.
    Ex. Schoolchildren, students, and other whose native language is written in a non-Roman script may find alphabetical order according to Roman characters an almost insurmountable hurdle in the use of catalogues and indexes.
    Ex. In the map library, the electronic medium is shaking the foundations of cartographic communication and threatening the bring the walls crashing down.
    Ex. While the number of projects proposed was innumerable, 3 barriers remain: red tape; hard currency; and Western barriers to providing high technology to the Eastern bloc.
    Ex. They are in a position to make a unique positive contribution to dissolving the 'cultural curtain,' as it has been called.
    Ex. The overall effect of the labels and signs is not so much help but hindrance through information overload.
    ----
    * al otro lado de la barrera = on the other side of the fence.
    * atravesar una barrera = break through + barrier.
    * barrera arancelaria = trade barrier, tariff barrier.
    * barrera arquitectónica = architectural barrier.
    * barrera comercial = trade barrier.
    * barrera cultural = cultural barrier.
    * barrera del sonido = sound barrier.
    * barrera de paso a nivel = level-crossing gate.
    * barrera de protección = crash barrier.
    * barrera de seguridad = crush barrier.
    * barrera espacio-temporal = space-time barrier.
    * barrera ficticia = glass ceiling.
    * barrera física = physical barrier.
    * barrera fluctuante = moving wall.
    * barrera geográfica = geographic barrier.
    * barrera institucional = institutional barrier.
    * barrera invisible = glass ceiling, invisible barrier.
    * barrera lingüística = language barrier, linguistic barrier.
    * barrera racial = colour bar.
    * barreras + desaparecer = boundaries + dissolve.
    * barrera sicológica = psychological barrier.
    * barrera temporal = time barrier.
    * derribar una barrera = topple + barrier.
    * eliminar barreras = flatten + barriers, tackle + barriers, erase + boundaries.
    * eliminar las barreras = break down + barriers.
    * eliminar una barrera = topple + barrier.
    * el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.
    * encontrarse con una barrera = face + barrier.
    * enfrentarse a una barrera = face + barrier.
    * levantar barreras = erect + boundaries.
    * levantar una barrera = build + wall.
    * penetrar una barrera = break through + barrier.
    * romper barreras = break down + boundaries, break down + borders.
    * romper la barrera del sonido = break + the sound barrier.
    * romper las barreras = breach + boundaries, breach + barriers.
    * superar barreras = hurdle + barriers.
    * superar la barrera del tiempo = cross + time barriers.
    * superar una barrera = conquer + barrier.
    * * *

    ha superado la barrera del 10% — it has gone above the 10% mark

    b) (Ferr) barrier, crossing gate
    c) (Taur) ( valla) barrier; ( localidad) front row
    * * *
    = hurdle, wall, barrier, curtain, hindrance.

    Ex: Schoolchildren, students, and other whose native language is written in a non-Roman script may find alphabetical order according to Roman characters an almost insurmountable hurdle in the use of catalogues and indexes.

    Ex: In the map library, the electronic medium is shaking the foundations of cartographic communication and threatening the bring the walls crashing down.
    Ex: While the number of projects proposed was innumerable, 3 barriers remain: red tape; hard currency; and Western barriers to providing high technology to the Eastern bloc.
    Ex: They are in a position to make a unique positive contribution to dissolving the 'cultural curtain,' as it has been called.
    Ex: The overall effect of the labels and signs is not so much help but hindrance through information overload.
    * al otro lado de la barrera = on the other side of the fence.
    * atravesar una barrera = break through + barrier.
    * barrera arancelaria = trade barrier, tariff barrier.
    * barrera arquitectónica = architectural barrier.
    * barrera comercial = trade barrier.
    * barrera cultural = cultural barrier.
    * barrera del sonido = sound barrier.
    * barrera de paso a nivel = level-crossing gate.
    * barrera de protección = crash barrier.
    * barrera de seguridad = crush barrier.
    * barrera espacio-temporal = space-time barrier.
    * barrera ficticia = glass ceiling.
    * barrera física = physical barrier.
    * barrera fluctuante = moving wall.
    * barrera geográfica = geographic barrier.
    * barrera institucional = institutional barrier.
    * barrera invisible = glass ceiling, invisible barrier.
    * barrera lingüística = language barrier, linguistic barrier.
    * barrera racial = colour bar.
    * barreras + desaparecer = boundaries + dissolve.
    * barrera sicológica = psychological barrier.
    * barrera temporal = time barrier.
    * derribar una barrera = topple + barrier.
    * eliminar barreras = flatten + barriers, tackle + barriers, erase + boundaries.
    * eliminar las barreras = break down + barriers.
    * eliminar una barrera = topple + barrier.
    * el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.
    * encontrarse con una barrera = face + barrier.
    * enfrentarse a una barrera = face + barrier.
    * levantar barreras = erect + boundaries.
    * levantar una barrera = build + wall.
    * penetrar una barrera = break through + barrier.
    * romper barreras = break down + boundaries, break down + borders.
    * romper la barrera del sonido = break + the sound barrier.
    * romper las barreras = breach + boundaries, breach + barriers.
    * superar barreras = hurdle + barriers.
    * superar la barrera del tiempo = cross + time barriers.
    * superar una barrera = conquer + barrier.

    * * *
    1 (para separar) barrier; (obstáculo) barrier
    barrera psicológica psychological barrier
    ha superado la barrera del 10% it has gone above the 10% mark
    no logró superar la barrera del idioma he was unable to overcome the language barrier
    una barrera infranqueable or insalvable an insurmountable barrier o obstacle
    métodos anticonceptivos de barrera barrier methods of contraception
    2 ( Ferr) barrier, crossing gate
    3 ( Taur) (valla) barrier; (localidad) front row
    Compuestos:
    ● barrera aduanera or arancelaria
    customs barrier
    trade barrier
    ( Esp) ticket barrier
    ( AmL) ticket barrier
    sound barrier
    superar or romper la barrera del sonido to break the sound barrier
    toll barrier
    safety barrier
    generation gap
    natural barrier
    safety barrier
    * * *

     

    Del verbo barrer: ( conjugate barrer)

    barrerá es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) futuro indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    barrer    
    barrera
    barrer ( conjugate barrer) verbo transitivo
    1 ‹suelo/cocina› to sweep
    2


    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( con escoba) to sweep
    2 ( arrasar) [equipo/candidato] to sweep to victory;
    barrera con algo ‹con premios/medallas› to walk off with sth;

    barrió con todos los premios she walked off with all the prizes
    barrerse verbo pronominal (Méx) [ vehículo] to skid;
    (en fútbol, béisbol) to slide
    barrera sustantivo femenino
    barrier;

    barrera generacional generation gap;
    barrera idiomática language barrier
    barrer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to sweep: hace una semana que no barro el salón, I haven't swept the living room for a week
    el anticiclón está barriendo el norte, the anticyclone is sweping through the North
    2 (destruir, rechazar) to sweep away
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (en una votación) to win by a landslide: el partido conservador barrió en las regiones del norte, the conservatives won by a landslide in the North
    2 (acaparar, agotar las existencias) to take away: los clientes barrieron con las ofertas, the customers snapped up the bargains
    ♦ Locuciones: barrer para casa, to look after number one
    barrera sustantivo femenino barrier: hay entre ellos una barrera, there's a barrier between them
    barrera arquitectónica, architectonic barrier/hindrance
    barrera del sonido, sound barrier
    barrera lingüística, language barrier

    ' barrera' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    traspasar
    - arancelario
    - lingüístico
    English:
    barrier
    - sound barrier
    - tariff barrier
    - ticket barrier
    - tollgate
    - crash
    - guard
    - sound
    - wall
    * * *
    1. [para controlar acceso] barrier;
    [de campo, casa] fence barreras arancelarias tariff barriers;
    barreras no arancelarias non-tariff barriers;
    barreras arquitectónicas [para silla de ruedas] obstructions for wheelchair users;
    barreras comerciales trade barriers
    2. Ferroc crossing gate
    3. [dificultad, obstáculo] barrier;
    la barrera del idioma le impedía integrarse the language barrier made it difficult for her to integrate;
    el índice bursátil superó la barrera psicológica de los 1.000 puntos the stock market index crossed the psychological barrier of 1,000 points;
    superaron la barrera del millón de discos vendidos sales of their album went over the million mark;
    poner barreras a algo to erect barriers against sth, to hinder sth;
    se casaron saltándose las barreras sociales they married despite the huge difference in their social backgrounds
    barrera del sonido sound barrier
    4. Dep [de jugadores] wall
    5. Taurom [valla] = barrier around the edge of a bullring;
    [localidad] = front row of seats immediately behind the barrier around the edge of the bullring
    * * *
    f
    1 barrier;
    sin barreras (arquitectónicas) readily accessible (to the disabled), with easy disabled access;
    barreras comerciales pl trade barriers
    2 DEP jump; de carreras hurdle; en fútbol wall
    * * *
    obstáculo: barrier, obstacle
    barrera de sonido: sound barrier
    * * *
    1. (en general) barrier
    2. (valla) barrier / fence
    3. (primera fila) front row
    4. (en fútbol) wall

    Spanish-English dictionary > barrera

  • 100 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Language Instinct — is a book by Steven Pinker, published in 1994. In it, Pinker argues that humans are born with an innate capacity for language. In addition, he deals sympathetically with Noam Chomsky s claim that all human language shows evidence of a universal… …   Wikipedia

  • The Language of the Genes — (ISBN 0 006 55243 9) is a popular science book by Steve Jones about genetics and evolution. The book introduces all different aspects of genetics and molecular biology, and the new editions contain information about the frontiers of the field,… …   Wikipedia

  • Language Preservation — strives to prevent languages from becoming unknown. This can happen when a language is no longer taught to younger generations, and the elderly people who do speak the language fluently die.Language is an important part of any society, because it …   Wikipedia

  • A Descriptive Vocabulary of the Language in Common Use Amongst the Aborigines of Western Australia — is a book by George Fletcher Moore. First published in 1842, it represents one of the earliest attempts to record the languages used by the Aboriginal peoples of Western Australia. The book is a compilation by Moore based on the works of Robert… …   Wikipedia

  • The Birth of Tragedy — Out of the Spirit of Music   …   Wikipedia

  • Tom Dowd and the Language of Music — is a documentary profiling the life and work of music producer/recording engineer Tom Dowd. Historical footage, vintage photographs and interviews with a who s who list of musical giants from the worlds of jazz, soul and classic rock provide… …   Wikipedia

  • language, philosophy of — Philosophical study of the nature and use of natural languages and the relations between language, language users, and the world. It encompasses the philosophical study of linguistic meaning (see semantics), the philosophical study of language… …   Universalium

  • The Commodore (novel) — Infobox Book | name = The Commodore image caption = First edition cover author = Patrick O Brian country = United Kingdom language = English cover artist = Geoff Hunt series = Aubrey Maturin series genre = Historical novel publisher = Harper… …   Wikipedia

  • Language revitalization — is the attempt by interested parties, including individuals, cultural or community groups, governments, or political authorities, to recover the spoken use of a language that is endangered, moribund, or no longer spoken. Language death is the… …   Wikipedia

  • Language attrition — is the loss of a first or second language or a portion of that language by individuals; it should be distinguished from language loss within a community (the latter process is referred to as language shift or language death). Language attrition… …   Wikipedia

  • Language policy in Latvia — The basis of Language policy in Latvia are articles 4 and 114 of Constitution of Latvia, which constitute official status of Latvian and rights of ethnic minorities to preserve and develop their languages. All languages, except Latvian and… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»